The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
l l★K Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas DALLAS, TEXAS 75265-5906 February 2, 2001 Notice 01-12 TO: The Chief Executive Officer of each financial institution and others concerned in the Eleventh Federal Reserve District SUBJECT Joint Final Rule on Disclosure and Reporting of CRA-Related Agreements DETAILS The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, and the Office of Thrift Supervision have published final rules to implement the Community Reinvestment Act sunshine provisions of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. These provisions require nongovernmental entities or persons, insured depository institutions, and affiliates that are parties to certain agreements in fulfillment of the CRA to make the agreements available to the public and the appropriate agency and file annual reports concerning the agreements with the appropriate agency. The provisions were contained in section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The joint rule, which becomes effective April 1, 2001, identifies the types of written agreements that are covered by section 48 and defines many of the terms used in the statute. The rule also describes how the parties to a covered agreement must make the agreement available to the public and the appropriate agencies and explains the type of information that must be included in the annual report filed by a party to a covered agreement. MORE INFORMATION A copy of the Board’s notice as it appears on pages 2052–113, Vol. 66, No. 7 of the Federal Register dated January 10, 2001, is attached. Additionally, you may obtain a hard copy of the document by contacting the Public Affairs Department at (214) 922-5254. For additional copies, bankers and others are encouraged to use one of the following toll-free numbers in contacting the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas: Dallas Office (800) 333-4460; El Paso Branch Intrastate (800) 592-1631, Interstate (800) 351-1012; Houston Branch Intrastate (800) 392-4162, Interstate (800) 221-0363; San Antonio Branch Intrastate (800) 292-5810. -2For more information, please contact Eugene Coy, Banking Supervision Department, at (214) 922-6201. For additional copies of this Bank’s notice, contact the Public Affairs Department at (214) 922-5254 or access District Notices on our web site at http://www.dallasfed.org/banking/notices/index.html. Wednesday, January 10, 2001 Part II Department of the Treasury Federal Reserve System Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Office of the Comptroller of the Currency Office of Thrift Supervision 12 CFR Parts 35, 207, 346, 533 Disclosure and Reporting of CRA-Related Agreements; Final Rules VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:46 Jan 09, 2001 Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00001 Fmt 4717 Sfmt 4717 E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2052 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations appropriate agencies and explains the type of information that must be included in the annual report filed by a party to a covered agreement. DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Office of the Comptroller of the Currency EFFECTIVE DATE: This joint rule is effective April 1, 2001. 12 CFR Part 35 [Docket No. 00–34] FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: RIN 1557–AB85 FEDERAL RESERVE SYSTEM 12 CFR Part 207 [Regulation G; Docket No. R–1069] FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION 12 CFR Part 346 RIN 3064–AC33 DEPARTMENT OF THE TREASURY Office of Thrift Supervision 12 CFR Part 533 [Docket No. 2000–107] RIN 1550–AB32 Disclosure and Reporting of CRARelated Agreements AGENCIES: Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC); Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Board); Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC); Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS). ACTION: Joint final rule. SUMMARY: The OCC, Board, FDIC, and OTS (collectively, the agencies) are publishing final rules to implement the CRA sunshine provisions of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. These provisions require nongovernmental entities or persons (NGEPs), insured depository institutions, and affiliates of insured depository institutions that are parties to certain agreements that are in fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 to make the agreements available to the public and the appropriate agency and file annual reports concerning the agreements with the appropriate agency. These provisions were contained in section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act. The rule identifies the types of written agreements that are covered by section 48 (referred to as covered agreements) and defines many of the terms used in the statute. The rule also describes how the parties to a covered agreement must make the agreement available to the public and the VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 OCC: Michael S. Bylsma, Director, Community and Consumer Law (202) 874–5750; or Karen O. Solomon, Director, Legislative and Regulatory Activities (202) 874–5090, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW, Washington, DC 20219. BOARD: Scott G. Alvarez, Associate General Counsel (202) 452–3583, Kieran J. Fallon, Senior Counsel (202) 452– 5270, or Andrew Miller, Senior Attorney (202) 452–3428, Legal Division; Glenn E. Loney, Deputy Director (202) 452–3585, James H. Mann, Senior Attorney (202) 452–2412, or Kathleen C. Ryan, Senior Attorney (202) 452–3667, Division of Consumer and Community Affairs; For users of Telecommunications Device for the Deaf (*TDD*) only, contact Janice Simms at (202) 452–4984; Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 20th Street and Constitution Avenue, NW, Washington, DC 20551. FDIC: Deanna Caldwell, Senior Policy Analyst (202) 942–3366, or Robert Mooney, Assistant Director (202) 942– 3378, Division of Compliance and Consumer Affairs; or A. Ann Johnson, Counsel, Regulation and Legislation Section (202) 898–3573, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, 550 17th Street, NW, Washington, DC 20429. OTS: Richard Bennett, Counsel (Banking and Finance), (202) 906–7409; or Karen Osterloh, Assistant Chief Counsel, (202) 906–6639; Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, NW, Washington, DC 20552. The contents of this preamble are listed in the following outline: SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: I. Background II. Overview of Comments Received III. Detailed Explanation of Final Rule A. Definition of Covered Agreement B. Disclosure of Covered Agreements C. Annual Reports D. Effective Dates of Disclosure and Reporting Requirements E. Compliance Provisions F. Other Definitions and Rules of Construction IV. Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis V. Executive Order 12866 Determination VI. Paperwork Reduction Act VII. Comments Regarding the Use of ‘‘Plain Language’’ VIII. Unfunded Mandates Act of 1995 IX. Compliance Chart Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00002 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 I. Background Section 711 of the GLB Act (Pub. L. 106–102, 113 Stat. 1338 (1999)) added a new section 48 to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y) (FDI Act) entitled ‘‘CRA Sunshine Requirements.’’ Section 48 applies to written agreements that (1) are made in fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (CRA),1 (2) involve funds or other resources of an insured depository institution or affiliate with an aggregate value of more than $10,000 in a year, or loans with an aggregate principal value of more than $50,000 in a year, and (3) are entered into by an insured depository institution or affiliate of an insured depository institution and a nongovernmental entity or person. Section 48 does not, however, cover any agreement with a nongovernmental entity or person that has not had a CRA contact with an insured depository institution or affiliate or a banking agency, such as agreements entered into by entities or persons that solicit charitable contributions or other funds without regard to the CRA. Under section 48, the parties to a covered agreement must make the agreement available to the public and the appropriate agency. The parties also must file a report annually with the appropriate agency concerning the disbursement, receipt and use of funds or other resources under the agreement. On May 19, 2000, the agencies published a joint notice of proposed rulemaking in the Federal Register (65 FR 31962, May 19, 2000) to implement section 48. The joint notice requested comment on all aspects of the proposed rule and on a wide variety of specific topics identified in the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION accompanying the proposal. II. Overview of Comments Received The agencies collectively received more than 800 comments from the public on the proposed rule, although many commenters submitted copies of the same comments to each of the agencies. Comments were received from a wide variety of sources including members of Congress; state and local government officials; banks, savings associations and their holding companies and other affiliates; community-based and non-profit organizations, including national and regional associations whose membership is composed of such organizations; trade associations; other businesses; and individuals. 1 12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations These comments addressed to some degree nearly all aspects of the proposed rule. A number of these comments are described in more detail in the description of the final rule below. This section provides a brief overview of the comments and is not intended to represent a detailed summary of all of the comments. The agencies have carefully reviewed and considered the information and views provided by all commenters. Commenters generally requested additional guidance on the types of actions that would constitute a written arrangement or understanding between an insured depository institution or affiliate and a NGEP. Many commenters supported the proposed rule’s definition of ‘‘fulfillment of the CRA,’’ while others asserted that the proposed definition was too broad.2 In this regard, a number of commenters expressed concern that the proposed rule could require the disclosure of, and reporting on, a wide range of agreements between banking organizations and NGEPs that are not directly related to or affected by the CRA. They also expressed concern that the proposed rule could discourage banking organizations from entering into agreements with NGEPs to provide loans, investments or banking services in their local communities. Many commenters addressed the exemption included in the statute and the proposed rule for agreements that are entered into by an insured depository institution or affiliate with a NGEP that has not ‘‘commented on, testified about, or discussed with the institution, or otherwise contacted the institution, concerning the Community Reinvestment Act.’’ 3 Most commenters that addressed this issue requested that the agencies clarify the types of actions by a NGEP that would constitute a CRA contact as described in the statutory exemption. Some commenters recommended that the agencies define a CRA contact to include only CRArelated contacts by a NGEP with a Federal banking agency or discussions with an insured depository institution or affiliate about such contacts. Commenters also urged that the agencies clarify that certain types of discussions with an institution or 2 The proposed rule generally defined ‘‘fulfillment of the CRA’’ by reference to the full list of factors that the agencies consider in evaluating the CRA performance of an insured depository institution or in acting on an application for a deposit facility under the CRA, as described in the lending, investment and service tests set forth in the CRA regulations jointly adopted by the agencies (‘‘CRA Regulations’’). See 12 CFR Part 25 (OCC); 12 CFR Part 228 (Board); 12 CFR Part 345 (FDIC); 12 CFR Part 563e (OTS). 3 See 12 U.S.C. 1831y(e)(1)(B)(iii). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 affiliate, such as a general discussion by a NGEP with an institution concerning the eligibility of products or services for consideration under the CRA, were not CRA contacts (and were therefore exempt) within the meaning of the statute. Other commenters asserted that the statute did not allow the agencies to limit CRA contacts only to those that occur with a Federal banking agency and that Congress intended a CRA contact to encompass a broad range of CRA-related contacts including discussions by a NGEP with an insured depository institution or affiliate concerning the CRA. A number of commenters also argued that a CRA contact must be with an appropriate official or representative of the insured depository institution or affiliate. A significant number of commenters also urged that a CRA contact be recognized only if the contact occurred within a specified period of time before the parties entered into the agreement. Some commenters expressed concern that, without these or other limitations, the statute or proposed rule would impose a substantial burden on persons claiming the exemption and make the exemption virtually meaningless. Other commenters asserted that the agencies lacked the authority to require that a CRA contact be temporally related to a CRA-related agreement. A number of commenters argued that the statute or the proposed rule imposed a substantial burden on persons who engage in discussions with banking organizations concerning the CRA or petition the Federal banking agencies for action related to the CRA. These commenters argued that these burdens could chill the public’s exercise of free speech or right to petition the government as protected by the Constitution. Commenters generally supported the provisions of the proposed rule that sought to streamline the disclosure and annual reporting obligations of the parties to a covered agreement to the extent consistent with the statute. For example, commenters widely supported the proposed rule’s provisions giving insured depository institutions, affiliates and NGEPs flexibility in making covered agreements available to the public and allowing insured depository institutions, affiliates and NGEPs that are party to a number of covered agreements the ability to file a single, consolidated annual report relating to all of the agreements. Commenters also generally supported the provisions of the proposed rule that required a NGEP to make its covered agreements available to an agency only Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00003 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2053 upon request. Some commenters requested that insured depository institutions and affiliates also be permitted to make covered agreements available to the appropriate agency upon request, or that the agencies further streamline the agency disclosure obligations applicable to institutions and affiliates. Commenters requested that the agencies streamline the process for determining what information contained in a covered agreement may be withheld from public disclosure, such as by identifying categories of information that could be withheld from public disclosure without prior agency review. Commenters overwhelmingly supported the proposed rule’s provisions allowing NGEPs to use Federal tax forms and other reports to fulfill the reporting requirements of the rule. Comments were mixed concerning the proposed rule’s provisions governing the reporting of specific purpose funds received by a NGEP, with some commenters supporting this reporting method and others asserting that the method was burdensome or not authorized by the statute. Commenters also supported the provisions of the rule that provided that a NGEP is not required to file an annual report for any year in which NGEP did not receive funds under a covered agreement. Several commenters requested that the agencies provide a similar exemption from the annual reporting requirements to insured depository institutions and affiliates. III. Detailed Explanation of Final Rule This section provides a more detailed discussion of the comments received on the proposal, the changes made by the agencies in response to comments, and the other provisions of the final rule. As with the proposal, the final rule uses the term ‘‘insured depository institution,’’ rather than ‘‘bank’’ or ‘‘savings associations,’’ to facilitate compliance and consistency among the agencies’ rules. As discussed below, the rule identifies the specific agency or agencies with whom a covered agreement and its related annual reports should be filed, and the agency or agencies that would be considered a relevant supervisory agency for a covered agreement. The final rule and the remaining portions of this preamble also refer to a ‘‘nongovernmental’’ entity or person’’ as a ‘‘NGEP.’’ The final rule uses this term, rather than the term ‘‘person,’’ to avoid confusion over the scope of the rule. The term ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person’’ or ‘‘NGEP’’ is defined in section .11 of the rule generally to include ll E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2054 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations any company or individual other than the Federal government; a state, local or tribal government; an insured depository institution or affiliate; or a representative of any of the foregoing. The SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION accompanying the proposed rule included examples illustrating the scope and application of the proposed rule. Commenters generally favored having examples that provide additional guidance concerning the rule’s provisions. Some commenters requested that the agencies clarify or amend certain examples, and commenters were divided on whether the agencies should incorporate all examples into the final rule. The final rule includes examples illustrating some of the key provisions of the rule, including the definition of a ‘‘CRA communication,’’ the scope of the exemptions for qualifying loan agreements, and the information required to be provided in the annual report of an NGEP. The examples included in the rule are part of the rule and compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with the rule. (See section .1(d).) The examples included in the rule illustrate only the scope and application of the particular topic addressed by the example and do not illustrate any other topic or issue that may arise under the rule. The agencies also have included in this preamble examples that illustrate other provisions of the rule. The agencies have not included these other examples in the final rule because fewer questions appear to arise in connection with these provisions and, thus, including the examples in the rule could make the rule longer without providing a commensurate level of benefit. The agencies, however, have included these examples in the preamble to illustrate the manner in which the agencies expect to interpret the rule in these areas. To further assist members of the public in complying with the rule, the agencies have included in this preamble a chart that summarizes the disclosure and reporting requirements of the rule. This chart, which is not part of the rule, is located at Part IX of this preamble. By operation of law, the regulations of the agencies implementing section 48 shall take effect on the first day of the calendar quarter which begins on or after the date on which the regulations are published in final form, which is April 1, 2001.4 The agencies requested comment on whether the rule should remain, as ll 4 12 U.S.C. 4802(b). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 proposed, in a separate part of each agency’s regulations or be incorporated into the agencies’ existing CRA Regulations. Commenters generally favored keeping the rule separate from the CRA Regulations. In addition, section 48 amended the FDI Act, and not the CRA, and is independent of the CRA and the CRA Regulations. Accordingly, the final rule is promulgated as a new part to each agency’s regulations. Section .1(c) of the final rule provides that nothing in the final rule affects in any way the CRA, the agencies’ CRA Regulations, or any agency’s interpretations or administration of the CRA or the CRA Regulations. The following description applies to the rule of each agency. Since each agency’s rule will be codified at a different part of the Code of Federal Regulations, the following description references the rule using only the section numbers used in the rule. ll A. Definition of Covered Agreement Section .2 of the rule defines which agreements are covered by the rule and includes the Act’s exemptions from the definition of a covered agreement for qualified loan agreements. ll 1. Covered Agreements The proposed rule defined a covered agreement as any contract, arrangement, or understanding that meets all of the following four criteria: • The agreement is in writing; • The agreement is made pursuant to, or in connection with, the fulfillment of the CRA, as defined by the rule (see section .4); • The parties to the agreement include (1) one or more insured depository institutions or affiliates of an insured depository institution, and (2) one or more NGEPs; and • The agreement provides for the insured depository institution or affiliate to provide cash payments, grants, or other consideration (except loans) having an aggregate value of more than $10,000 in any calendar year, or to make loans in an aggregate principal amount of more than $50,000 in any calendar year. The final rule retains these four criteria for coverage. The final rule also provides that, in order for an agreement to be covered, one of the NGEPs that is a party to the agreement must have had a CRA communication (as defined in section .3) prior to the time the parties entered into the agreement. As noted above, section 48 specifically exempts from coverage any agreement entered into by an institution or affiliate with a NGEP who has not had a CRA Jkt 194001 l l PO 00000 Frm 00004 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 communication. The agencies believe that structuring this statutory exemption as an affirmative requirement for coverage makes the rule easier to understand without affecting the scope of the rule. The scope of the exemption for agreements with a NGEP that has not had a CRA communication is discussed in detail below. A covered agreement may be with an insured depository institution or any affiliate of an insured depository institution, including a bank holding company or a nonbank affiliate. Section 48 and the rule apply only to written contracts, arrangements or understandings, and do not apply to oral contracts or agreements. Some commenters requested that the agencies provide additional guidance concerning when written communications between a NGEP and an insured depository institution or affiliate would constitute a ‘‘contract, arrangement or understanding.’’ In addition, some commenters asserted that the rule should apply only to legally enforceable contracts, while comments were mixed on whether the rule should apply to unilateral lending or investment pledges made by an insured depository institution or affiliate in response to previous actions by a NGEP. As noted above, section 48 by its terms applies not only to written contracts, but also to written arrangements and written understandings that are entered into by an insured depository institution or affiliate with a NGEP and that otherwise meet the statutory criteria to be a covered agreement. For this reason, the agencies have not limited the final rule to legally binding written contracts. Other written agreements that do not constitute a legally binding contract, but that reflect a mutual arrangement or understanding between an insured depository institution or affiliate and a NGEP would be a covered agreement if they meet the other criteria set forth in the rule.5 A written arrangement or understanding may be reflected by one or more documents. The agencies have included three examples in the final rule that illustrate when a written arrangement or understanding would and would not exist. (See section .2(b).) Example 1 involves a NGEP that meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more community development investments in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and institution, however, do not reach an agreement concerning the community ll 5 12 U.S.C. 1831y(a) and (e)(1). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations development investments the institution should make in the community, and the parties do not reach any mutual arrangement or understanding. The institution later unilaterally issues a press release that announces the institution has established a general goal of making $100 million of community grants in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods in the institution’s community over the next 5 years and does not identify the NGEP. Since there was no agreement or understanding between the institution and NGEP, and the institution acted unilaterally to establish its investment goal, Example 1 states that the press release issued by the institution is not a written arrangement or understanding. In Example 2, a NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to offer new loan programs in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and the insured depository institution reach a mutual understanding that the institution will provide $10 million in additional loans in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods in the NGEP’s community. The insured depository institution tells the NGEP that it will issue a press release announcing the program and subsequently issues a press release that incorporates the key terms of the mutual understanding between the institution and NGEP. The press release reflects the mutual arrangement or understanding between the NGEP and the insured depository institution and is, therefore, a written arrangement or understanding. In Example 3, a NGEP sends a letter to an insured depository institution requesting that the institution provide a $15,000 grant to the NGEP. The insured depository institution responds in writing and agrees to provide the grant to the NGEP in connection with its annual grant program. Since the exchange of letters reflects an understanding or arrangement between the insured depository institution and the NGEP, the agreement would be a covered agreement if it meets the other criteria set forth in the rule including, in particular, the requirement that the NGEP have had a CRA communication. These examples are not exclusive and other written exchanges may or may not constitute a written arrangement or understanding depending on the facts and circumstances of the particular situation. 2. Loan Agreements That Are Not Covered Agreements Section 48(e)(1)(B) specifically exempts certain types of loan agreements from coverage even if they VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 ll otherwise meet the definition of a covered agreement. Section .2(c) of the final rule implements these exemptions. a. Mortgage Loans. The first statutory exemption is for any individual mortgage loan. Under this exemption, any mortgage loan made by an insured depository institution or affiliate to any individual or entity is exempt from the requirements of section 48. This exemption is available for any mortgage loan, regardless of the identity of the borrower or the rate charged on the loan. The agencies requested comment on what types of loans would qualify as a ‘‘mortgage loan’’ for purposes of this statutory exemption. A number of commenters addressed this issue, with the vast majority stating that the exemption should be available for any loan that is secured by real estate. A few commenters asserted that the agencies should define a mortgage loan to include any loan the proceeds of which are used for real estate-related purposes, even if the loan was not secured by real estate. Some commenters also contended that investments in mortgage-backed securities or other types of real estate investments should be exempt under this provision. The final rule provides that this statutory exemption is available to any individual loan that is secured by real estate. The real estate securing the loan may be used for residential or commercial purposes, and the loan does not need to have been obtained for purposes of purchasing or improving the real estate. Since section 48 specifically provides that this exemption is available only to mortgage loans, an agreement to make a realestate related investment (including an investment in mortgage-backed securities) or to make a loan that is not secured by real estate is not exempt under this provision, although such agreements may be exempt from coverage under other provisions of the rule. Section .2(d) of the final rule provides examples illustrating the rule’s exemptions for qualifying loan agreements. The first example (Example 1) illustrates the exemption for any individual mortgage loan. In this example, an insured depository institution provides an organization with a $1 million loan pursuant to a written agreement. The loan is secured by real estate that is owned or to-beacquired by the organization. Accordingly, Example 1 states that the agreement is exempt from coverage regardless of the interest rate on the loan Jkt 194001 ll PO 00000 Frm 00005 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2055 or whether the loan was made for purposes of re-lending. b. Specific Contracts or Commitments for Qualifying Loans. The statute also exempts from coverage ‘‘any specific contract or commitment for a loan or extension of credit to individuals, businesses, farms, or other entities, if the funds are loaned at rates [that are] not substantially below market rates and if the purpose of the loan or extension of credit does not include any relending of the borrowed funds to other parties.‘‘ 6 Under the statute, this exemption is available for any type of loan to any individual or entity if the loan meets the market rate and relending restrictions of the statute. The agencies requested comment on whether this exemption covers only a specific commitment to make a qualifying loan or extension of credit (such as a loan commitment typically made in the course of providing a line of credit to a small business), or also would provide an exemption for a commitment to make multiple loans that meet the Act’s restrictions. The agencies also requested comment on whether the agencies should define when a loan is made at ‘‘substantially below market rates’’ or for purposes of re-lending. Most commenters that addressed these issues requested that the agencies provide additional guidance concerning the phrases ‘‘substantially below market rates’’ and ‘‘for purposes of re-lending,’’ and some of these commenters suggested definitions for these phrases. Comments were mixed on whether the exemption was available only to a specific contract or commitment for an individual loan or if it also would cover a general commitment by an insured depository institution to make multiple loans over a period of time. After carefully reviewing the language and purposes of section 48 and the comments received, the agencies have determined that the exemption in section .2(c)(2) is available only with respect to a specific contract or commitment by an insured depository institution to make a single loan or extension of credit that meets the Act’s market-rate and re-lending restrictions, and does not cover an agreement or commitment by an institution or affiliate to make multiple loans or extensions of credit. The agencies also have amended the rule to provide that a loan is made for ‘‘purposes of relending’’ only if the loan application or other loan documents indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to use the borrowed funds to make a loan or ll 6 12 U.S.C. 1831y(e)(1)(B)(ii). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2056 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations extension of credit to one or more third parties. The final rule retains the statute’s restriction that the loan or extension of credit may not be made at a rate that is substantially below market rates. In determining whether a loan or extension of credit is made at ‘‘substantially below market rates,’’ an institution should compare the rate charged on the loan or extension of credit to the rate the institution has or would charge a comparable borrower (e.g., a NGEP with similar financial resources and credit history) on a comparable type of transaction (e.g., a construction loan, permanent financing, small business loan, or unsecured consumer loan). Since the rates charged on particular types of loans vary over time and may vary depending on the location of the lender and borrower, the agencies have not included in the rule a fixed formula for determining whether a loan or extension is made at ‘‘substantially below market rates.’’ Examples 2, 3 and 4 in section .2(c) of the rule illustrate the scope and application of this exemption. In Example 2, an insured depository institution commits to provide a $500,000 line of credit to a small business pursuant to a written agreement. The example provides that the loan is made at a rate within the range of rates offered by the institution to other similarly situated small businesses in the market and the loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to re-lend the borrowed funds. Accordingly, the example states that this commitment for an individual loan is exempt under section .2(c)(2) of the rule. In Example 3, a small business obtains a $75,000 small business loan, documented in writing, from an insured depository institution. The institution offers its borrowers small business loans that are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA) and the loan is made under this loan program. The loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to re-lend the funds to any third-party. Although the rate charged by the institution on the loan is well below that charged by the institution on commercial loans, the rate is within the range of rates that the institution would charge a similarly situated small business for a similar loan under the institution’s SBA loan program. Accordingly, the example states that the loan is not made at substantially below market rates and is exempt from coverage under section .2(c)(2) of the rule. ll ll ll VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Example 4 involves a bank holding company that enters into a written agreement with a community development organization. The agreement provides for the insured depository institutions owned by the bank holding company to make $250 million in small business loans in their communities over the next 5 years. Since the agreement provides for the institutions to make multiple loans, the agreement is not a specific contract or commitment for a loan or extension of credit and, thus, is not exempt from coverage under section .2(c)(2) of the rule. The example notes, however, that each small business loan made pursuant to this general commitment would be exempt from coverage if the loan separately meets market rate and re-lending restrictions of the exemption. To be entirely exempt from coverage under section .2(c)(1) or (2) of the rule, an agreement must be exclusively a loan, extension of credit or loan commitment that meets the requirements of the relevant exemption. The rule provides, however, that if an agreement includes a loan, extension of credit or loan commitment that, if documented separately, would meet the rule’s requirements to be exempt and also provides for the insured depository institution or affiliate to provide other funds or resources, the exempt loan, extension of credit or loan commitment may be excluded for purpose of determining whether the agreement meets the Act’s dollar thresholds or is in fulfillment of the CRA. (See section .2(e).)7 ll ll ll 3. CRA Communication Section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii) provides a statutory exemption from the CRA Sunshine provisions for ‘‘any agreement entered into by an insured depository institution or affiliate with a [NGEP] who has not commented on, testified about, or discussed with the institution, or otherwise contacted the institution, concerning the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977.’’ This exemption for agreements with persons who have not had a CRA contact was included in section .2(b)(2) of the proposed rule, which contained an exemption that restated the statutory language in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii). Section .2(b)(2) also provided examples of actions that would constitute a CRA contact and other ll ll 7 The agencies note, however, that if the other consideration would reduce the effective interest rate paid on the loan or extension of credit to a rate that is substantially below the market rate, the loan or extension of credit would not itself be exempt from coverage. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00006 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 examples of actions that would not be considered a CRA contact. The preamble invited comment on this aspect of the proposal, including comment on whether the agencies should provide a more detailed definition of the exemption and on several alternative approaches to defining CRA contact. Nearly all commenters requested that the agencies change the definition of CRA contact in the proposed rule to explain the breadth of the exemption, to provide additional clarity regarding what constitutes a CRA contact, or to exempt specifically certain types of contacts. Many commenters underscored the importance of a rule that allowed persons to determine before entering into an agreement whether or not they have had a CRA contact and qualify for the exemption. While many commenters expressed concern about various aspects of the proposal on CRA contact, commenters were divided on how to address these concerns. A significant number of commenters argued that the agencies should define a CRA contact to cover only providing CRA-related comments or testimony to an agency and discussions with an insured depository institution or affiliate about providing (or refraining from providing) such comments or testimony. There was also significant support for an alternative that would have excluded discussions with an insured depository institution or affiliate concerning whether particular loans, services, investment or community development activities are generally eligible for consideration by an agency under the CRA Regulations. Others argued that only conversations related specifically to the CRA performance record of an institution should be covered. A significant number of commenters advocated exempting contacts that are incidental to ordinary business dealings, which were perceived as outside the intended scope of the statute. Others advocated exempting certain types of ‘‘routine inquiries,’’ such as inquiries about what an institution’s CRA rating is or about the CRA statute or rule. Some commenters, on the other hand, supported a broad interpretation of CRA contact that would cover general discussions of the CRA. A small number of commenters supported a broad interpretation of CRA contact while also advocating that the agencies narrow other aspects of the definition of a covered agreement, such as the definition of fulfillment. In addition to these issues regarding the scope of the exemption, many commenters urged the agencies to E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations address other issues raised by the CRA contact definition. In particular, a number of commenters suggested that the agencies indicate who at the relevant institution or affiliate and who at the NGEP must have a CRA contact or have knowledge that a CRA contact has occurred, or require a temporal or other connection between the CRA contact and negotiation of a CRA agreement. As explained more fully below, the final rule incorporates changes in three areas to address comments regarding the definition of CRA contact. In summary, in order to identify contacts that have a relationship to an agreement and to avoid imposing substantial burden on parties entitled to claim the exemption, the final rule adopts a definition of ‘‘CRA communication’’ that has three parts. First, the rule adds clarity regarding the type of communication that is considered to concern the CRA; second, the rule provides that the institution and the NGEP must have knowledge of the CRA communication and specifies who must have that knowledge; third, the rule recognizes a temporal relationship between the communication and the agreement. In addition, the final rule relocates and rewords the CRA communication provision from an exemption for NGEPs that have not had a CRA communication to a requirement in the definition of a covered agreement that the agreement be with a NGEP that has had a CRA communication. The final rule also refers to a CRA contact as a ‘‘CRA communication.’’ This relocation and rewording makes the final rule easier to read and understand and does not have any substantive effect. a. Definition of CRA Communication. In considering the scope of the exemption in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii) for NGEPs that have not had a contact concerning the CRA, the agencies have carefully considered the words of the statute and the purpose of the exemption as well as the comments received by the agencies. The Conference Report for the Act indicates that this exemption was designed to provide an exemption from the requirements of the CRA Sunshine provisions for a wide range of organizations that solicit funds without regard to the CRA. The Conference Report lists as examples of the types of groups that might qualify for this exemption civil rights groups, community groups providing housing or other services in low-income neighborhoods, veterans groups, and community theater groups.8 8 See H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 106–434 at 179 (1999). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 The final rule clarifies the definition of a CRA communication by adding specificity that was drawn from the examples published in the original proposal and in the preamble to the original proposal. Under the final rule, a CRA communication is defined to include any of the following five types of contacts: • Any written or oral comment or testimony provided to a Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution or any CRA affiliate;9 • Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that discusses the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the institution and that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file; • Any discussion or other contact with an insured depository institution or any affiliate about providing or refraining from providing written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution or any CRA affiliate; • Any discussion or other contact with an insured depository institution or any affiliate about providing or refraining from providing written comments that concern the adequacy of the institution’s CRA performance and that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file; and • Any discussion or other contact with an insured depository institution or affiliate about the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. The first four types of contacts include contacts with a Federal banking agency or with an institution or affiliate about contacting a Federal banking agency, as well as written communications that, under existing rules, must be retained by an institution in its CRA public file. The final rule includes a fifth type of contact that relates to any discussion or other contact with an institution or affiliate about the adequacy of the institution’s performance under the CRA. In adopting this fifth type of contact, the agencies have carefully considered 9 As discussed more fully below, a ‘‘CRA affiliate’’ is an affiliate of an insured depository institution whose activities are considered in evaluating the CRA performance of the institution. Accordingly, it is viewed as part of the insured depository institution for these purposes. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00007 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2057 the suggestion of a number of commenters that CRA communications be limited to the first four types of agency contacts or to discussions with an institution regarding agency contacts. The agencies note that the exemption in section 48(e) for a NGEP that has not had a CRA communication, by its terms, is available only if the NGEP has not ‘‘discussed with the institution, or otherwise contacted the institution, concerning the CRA.’’ By its terms, the exemption appears to contemplate that, in order to qualify for the exemption, the NGEP not have had discussions or contacts ‘‘concerning the CRA.’’ Contacts ‘‘concerning the CRA’’ would cover discussions that are not limited to discussions regarding providing testimony or comments to an agency. In order to explain what type of contact is covered by the words ‘‘concerning the CRA,’’ the final rule includes the fifth category for discussions or other contacts about the ‘‘adequacy’’ of the institution’s performance under the CRA. This reference was included to indicate that a contact that is related to how well or how poorly an institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the credit needs of the institution’s community as evaluated under the CRA is one of the types of contacts that would be most likely to influence a CRA agreement, and, consequently, would be a CRA communication that disqualifies a NGEP from claiming the exemption in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii). To help illustrate when a discussion or contact relates to the adequacy of an institution’s CRA performance, the final rule contains several examples of contacts that would be covered and several examples of contacts that would be exempt.10 These examples address only the content of a CRA communication and assume that all other requirements regarding the communication (and agreement) are otherwise satisfied. Three examples address contacts that are CRA communications and, consequently, would cause a written agreement involving the NGEP to be a covered agreement. In the first example, a NGEP files a written comment with a Federal banking agency in response to a general agency request for comments on an application to open a new branch. 10 Some commenters argued that the examples in the proposed rule were helpful in illustrating the scope of the CRA contact exemption and requested additional examples. Other commenters argued that the examples would broadly discourage certain kinds of contacts and should be eliminated. Section .1(d) of the final rule states that the examples included in the rule are not exclusive, and the agencies believe that, on this basis, the examples are a useful illustration of the scope of the rule. ll E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2058 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations The comment filed by the NGEP states that the applicant insured depository institution has successfully addressed the credit needs of its community. In the second example, a NGEP states to an executive officer of an insured depository institution that the institution must improve its CRA performance. Both of these examples illustrate a contact in which the CRA performance record of the institution is specifically mentioned. The statute does not require that a specific reference to the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 be made in order to represent a CRA communication, and, in fact, a number of commenters indicated that discussions leading to agreements often do not include a specific reference to the CRA because the context of the negotiation makes clear that the agreement is intended to address CRA performance. To illustrate this, an example of a CRA communication has been included that involves an oral discussion in which the NGEP claims that the institution needs to make more mortgage loans in low- and moderateincome neighborhoods. The connection with the CRA is indicated by the reference to the action requested, which involves activities that are often the focus of CRA performance evaluations, along with a statement indicating an obligation that the institution take this action, an obligation that is considered to arise out of CRA evaluations. The final rule also includes several examples of contacts that are not considered to be CRA communications. One example involves a fund-raising letter sent by a NGEP to an insured depository institution and to other businesses in the community encouraging all businesses in the community to meet their obligation to make the community a better place to live by supporting the fund-raising efforts of the NGEP. This example illustrates that a fund-raising letter that is widely distributed in a way that does not imply an obligation under the CRA is not itself considered to be a CRA communication. Similarly, a contact by a NGEP with an insured depository institution to simply determine what rating the institution received at its most recent CRA performance examination would not, by itself, constitute a discussion concerning the adequacy of the institution’s performance. A number of commenters advocated clarifying that the definition of CRA communication would not include marketing efforts for products or services that might relate to CRA activities. The rule contains two examples that illustrate that general VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 marketing efforts and general discussions regarding the eligibility of products and services for CRA consideration are not considered to be CRA communications unless the communication includes a discussion concerning the adequacy of the particular institution’s CRA performance. One example involves a discussion by a NGEP with an insured depository institution regarding whether particular loans, services, investments, community development activities or other activities are generally eligible for consideration by a Federal banking agency under the CRA, without any discussion of the adequacy of the CRA performance of the insured depository institution or affiliate. Another example illustrates a situation in which the NGEP combines a general marketing discussion with a discussion of the eligibility of particular loans for consideration under the CRA, but without any discussion of the adequacy of the CRA performance record of the institution or obligation of the institution to take any action related to the CRA. In this example, the NGEP engages in the sale or purchase of loans in the secondary market and sends a general offering circular to financial institutions offering to sell or purchase a portfolio of loans. The NGEP then meets with the institution and discusses whether specific loans are generally eligible for consideration under the CRA, including which loans are made in the institution’s community, without discussing the CRA performance or obligations of the institution. The agencies believe that purchases and sales of loans in the secondary market are typically done in the manner illustrated in the example and, therefore, generally do not involve a CRA communication. The final rule also retains two examples contained in the proposed rule regarding other matters. One illustrates that statements made at a widely attended conference on a general topic (but not a meeting or hearing regarding a specific institution, affiliate or transaction) are not considered to be CRA communications. Statements made at widely attended conferences on general topics are not likely to be effective in influencing CRA agreements and cannot be effectively monitored. The other example illustrates that statements made in response to a direct request to the specific NGEP from a Federal banking agency (but not a general request for comment in connection with an application for approval of a transaction or an examination) are not considered to be Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00008 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 CRA communications. Some commenters suggested that this example be deleted because it suggested a preference for statements made by NGEPs that have been directly contacted by a banking agency over NGEPs that provide information to the agency in the course of a general solicitation of public comment. The final rule retains the example because the agencies believe that it is important to the agencies’ ability to meet their statutory obligations under the CRA that the agencies obtain information regarding the credit needs of the community from sources that include NGEPs that may enter into agreements with insured depository institutions. In these circumstances, the contact results due to an action by the agency, not an attempt by the NGEP to influence the agency or obtain a CRA agreement. Imposing the rule’s requirements on the NGEP in this context might discourage cooperation between NGEPs and the agencies and impede the ability of the agencies to obtain useful information regarding the banking and credit needs of communities. b. Knowledge of CRA Communications. To define when a NGEP has had a CRA communication with an insured depository institution for purposes of the exemption provided in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii), it is essential to know when a communication is ‘‘with the [insured depository] institution’’ and when it is by a NGEP. In other words, it is essential to know who speaks for the institution and for the NGEP. The statute is silent on this point. A number of commenters suggested that the rule apply only to CRA communications that occur with designated officers of the insured depository institution or affiliate, such as the CRA compliance officer or persons that negotiate covered agreements. In circumstances where the individuals involved in or responsible for negotiating agreements do not know that a CRA communication has occurred, commenters claimed that it would be difficult, if not impossible, for institutions and NGEPs to know whether they properly claimed the exemption or were, in fact, in violation of the CRA Sunshine provisions. For example, casual conversations between a bank teller and a customer who is also an employee of a business consulting firm might involve CRA activities of the bank and meet a broad reading of the proposed definition of CRA contact. Commenters were concerned that, if so, the contact could cause a written agreement between the institution and business consulting firm E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations to be a covered agreement even though the conversation had no influence over the agreement because officials of the institution and of the NGEP responsible for negotiating the agreement were not aware of the conversation. To address this, a number of commenters urged the agencies to include a requirement that officers of the institution and of the NGEP responsible for negotiating agreements have knowledge of the CRA communication. Others suggested that contacts include only communications with executive officers and the CRA compliance officer of insured institutions and with senior officers of NGEPs. As noted above, the CRA Sunshine provisions do not indicate who a NGEP must contact at an insured depository institution or affiliate in order to have been considered to have made a CRA contact for purposes of the exemption in section 48(e). The statute is also silent on who speaks for a NGEP that is an organization or company, rather than an individual. The agencies believe that a CRA communication can only have an effect on an institution’s willingness to enter into an agreement or on the terms of an agreement if the communication is with or is known to individuals at the organization who are either involved in negotiating the agreement or have authority or responsibility for such agreements. These are the individuals that speak for the institution and represent the institution in its decision making. Moreover, these are the individuals that are the most likely to have communications regarding the CRA that could lead to or affect the types of agreements that the CRA Sunshine provisions are intended to cover. There is no evidence in the terms of the CRA Sunshine provisions or in the legislative history for those provisions that Congress intended to deny the exemption based on CRA contacts that are not known to the individuals that are involved with or have the authority to influence the negotiation of CRA agreements. In fact, the example referred to in the legislative history of the type of organization the exemption was designed to protect is a large youth organization with national membership.11 Given the size, scope and nature of the organization, it is impossible to believe that members of that organization have not—at some time and in some capacity—had contacts with insured depository 11 See H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 106–434 at 179 (1999); 145 Cong. Rec. S13887 (daily ed. Nov. 4, 1999). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 institutions regarding the CRA. Without a requirement in the rule that attributes CRA communications only to members of the organization that have authority or responsibility for negotiating agreements on behalf of that organization, this organization identified in the legislative history would not be able to claim the exemption. Moreover, there would be significant burden imposed on both banking organizations and NGEPs if organizations and NGEPs are not entitled to rely on the exemption in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii) because of a CRA communication between any employee at the organization with any member of a NGEP. To assure that no unauthorized contacts occur and that agreements are properly exempt under section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii), a banking organization and NGEP would be required to monitor all contacts by all employees and members of the organization and NGEP. Even in organizations of only moderate size, this could entail tracking contacts by thousands of employees at a single banking organization. The burden from this monitoring effort is likely to be overwhelming with few benefits because few if any CRA communications that result in CRA agreements are likely to occur among individuals at the organization other than those individuals with authority and responsibility for these agreements. For these reasons, the final rule modifies the proposed rule to require that, in order to be a CRA communication that disqualifies a NGEP from the exemption in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii), specified individuals at the institution or affiliate and at the NGEP must have knowledge of the communication. Under the final rule, an insured depository institution or affiliate is considered to have knowledge of a CRA communication with a NGEP if any of the following representatives of the institution or affiliate have knowledge of the contact with the NGEP: • An employee who approves, directs, authorizes or negotiates the agreement with the NGEP; • An employee who is designated with responsibility for compliance with the CRA and who knows that the institution or any affiliate of the institution is negotiating, intends to negotiate, or has been informed by the NGEP that it expects to request that the institution or affiliate negotiate an agreement with the NGEP; or • An executive officer of the institution or affiliate and who knows that the institution or any affiliate of the institution is negotiating, intends to Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00009 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2059 negotiate, or has been informed by the NGEP that it expects to request that the institution or affiliate negotiate an agreement with the NGEP. In addition to contacts between an institution or affiliate and a NGEP, there are several types of CRA contacts that arise in the agency review process or the CRA examination process or that involve records that the institution is responsible for maintaining. These contacts are of such importance that the institution is deemed by the final rule to have knowledge of the communication. In particular, an institution or affiliate is deemed under the final rule to have knowledge of any testimony provided to a Federal banking agency at a public meeting or hearing and of any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that must be and has been included in the institution’s CRA public file. An institution or affiliate is also considered under the final rule to have knowledge of any comment (written or oral) that has been made by a NGEP to a Federal banking agency if the comment is conveyed in writing by the agency to the insured depository institution or affiliate. The rule establishes a parallel knowledge requirement for a NGEP. A NGEP is considered to have knowledge of a CRA communication if any of the following have knowledge of the contact: • A director, employee or member of the NGEP who approves, directs, authorizes or negotiates the agreement with the insured depository institution of affiliate; • A person who functions as an executive officer of the NGEP and who knows that the NGEP is negotiating or intends to negotiate an agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; or • Where the NGEP is an individual, the individual. For purposes of this requirement, an executive officer of an institution, affiliate or NGEP is defined as provided in Regulation O to include any person that participates or has authority to participate in the major policymaking functions of the institution, affiliate or NGEP, regardless of the person’s title (see 12 CFR 215.2(e)). In addition, persons who serve as counsel to or agent for an insured depository institution or NGEP are considered to be acting for the insured depository institution or NGEP for purposes of receiving written comments or testimony from an agency. Under the final rule, the designated individuals are not required personally to have had the CRA communication. Instead, a CRA communication is E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2060 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations covered if the communication involved or is known to one of the designated individuals. The individuals identified in the rule at the insured depository institution or affiliate and at the NGEP are the individuals who either are involved in or are responsible for CRA agreements. A CRA communication with an employee of an insured depository institution, affiliate or NGEP that is not known to the individuals that negotiate an agreement or to a person with authority to intervene in the negotiation of an agreement is unlikely to influence the agreement in any way. The knowledge requirement also significantly reduces the burden on insured depository institutions, affiliates and NGEPs to monitor contacts of employees or members that play no role or have no influence in the negotiations or decisions regarding agreements. c. Timing of CRA Communications. A majority of commenters argued that the final rules should require a temporal relationship between the CRA communication and the agreement. These commenters contended that a communication that occurs long before or anytime after an agreement has been entered into does not influence the terms of an agreement or encourage an institution to enter into an agreement. Consequently, commenters argued that taking account of CRA communications that are distant in time from the date of an agreement would be contrary to the purpose of the exemption granted in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii), which they argued was to exempt any agreement with an NGEP that has not attempted to use the CRA to negotiate the agreement. These commenters argued that only CRA communications that occur during some period prior to the date of the agreement be considered to be CRA contacts. Commenters suggested periods that varied from 30 days to 2 years prior to the agreement, with some arguing that only contacts that occur during the public comment period for an agency’s review of a transaction or a CRA examination be considered. Many commenters also contended that failure to adopt a temporal connection between a CRA communication and a covered agreement would forever disqualify a NGEP for the exemption based on one CRA communication, regardless of when it occurred, its influence on a written agreement or how circumstances may have changed. They argued that this would significantly chill free speech and the right to provide comments to a Federal agency. On the other hand, several commenters argued that section VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 48(e)(1)(B)(iii) by its terms does not provide any limitation on the timing of a CRA communication, and that the exemption is available only to a NGEP that has not had a CRA communication with an agency or insured depository institution at any time. These commenters believed that the agencies have no authority to adopt a temporal requirement. The agencies have taken particular care in considering the views presented by commenters on this matter. A purpose of the CRA Sunshine provisions is to provide public disclosure of agreements that are in fulfillment of the CRA in order to allow the public and Congress to monitor how resources paid under these agreements are used.12 The exemption in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii) was included in order to provide relief from the reporting and disclosure provisions for agreements with NGEPs that have not had a discussion concerning the CRA. Thus, the agencies believe that the purposes of the exemption and of the CRA Sunshine provisions generally assume a connection between the CRA communication and the covered agreement. As a practical matter, in the case of agreements that are intended to be covered by the CRA Sunshine provisions, CRA communications normally occur during the period in which the agreement is discussed or negotiated, which is a relatively short period immediately before the agreement is reached. Indeed, it is during this negotiating period that communications regarding the CRA have the most effect on whether a CRA agreement will be reached and on what will be the purpose and the terms of the agreement. This view was supported by commenters representing insured depository institutions as well as commenters representing NGEPs, most of whom indicated that CRA communications occurred regularly during the negotiation period for CRA agreements. This view is also consistent with one of the purposes of the CRA Sunshine provisions, which was to allow monitoring of agreements that result from contacts concerning the CRA. The exemption provided in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii) would, over time, become meaningless if the exemption is lost because of statements concerning the CRA that are made long before or after an agreement has been reached. Without a temporal relationship, all persons that 12 See, e.g., 145 Cong. Rec. S13877–78 (daily ed. Nov. 4, 1999). Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00010 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 potentially may have agreements with insured depository institutions or their affiliates regarding activities that receive favorable consideration under the CRA would likely feel compelled to maintain records that allow them to determine whether a CRA contact had ever been made by any person in the organization in order to ensure that the NGEP is in compliance with the exemption and the CRA Sunshine provisions. This would represent a significant recordkeeping burden on persons, including businesses, community organizations and individuals, that the exemption was intended to benefit. For many of these organizations, this would mean tracking and reviewing contacts from numerous employees or members on a continuous and long-term basis. This heavy burden is inconsistent with the purpose of the exemption. It is also inconsistent with the directive in the CRA Sunshine provision that the agencies prescribe regulations designed to ensure and monitor compliance with the CRA Sunshine provisions without imposing an undue burden on the parties. The agencies believe that recognizing a temporal relationship is an effective and objective method for identifying CRA communications that are most likely to have influenced the shape or the existence of an agreement. Conversely, by not covering communications made at a time that is distant from or after the agreement, the final rule substantially reduces the potential that communications that are unrelated to an agreement will be covered without excluding communications that have the most direct effect on the agreement. Moreover, a temporal relationship focuses on the fact that in nearly all, if not all, cases CRA communications are made during the period in which the potential for an agreement is discussed and the agreement is negotiated. Thus, a temporal relationship supports the purpose of the CRA Sunshine provisions, including the exemption in section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii), of identifying and exempting NGEPs that have not made CRA communications in an effort to obtain or negotiate a CRA agreement. For these reasons, the final rule provides a time frame designed to recognize the connection between the communication and the agreement. To be deemed not to have had a CRA communication under section 48(e)(1)(B)(iii), a NGEP must not have had a CRA communication within 3 years prior to entering into the agreement in the case of oral or written communications with a Federal banking agency. The NGEP also must not have E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations had within the 3 years prior to the agreement any written CRA communication with the relevant insured depository institution or any of its affiliates. In addition, the NGEP must not have had within the 3 years prior to the agreement any oral communication with the relevant insured depository institution or any of its affiliates about providing (or refraining from providing) comments or testimony to a Federal banking agency or comments to the institution’s CRA public file where such communications occur in connection with a request to, or agreement by, the institution or affiliate to take any action that is in fulfillment of the CRA. Finally, the NGEP must not have had any other oral CRA communication with the relevant insured depository institution or any of its affiliates concerning the adequacy of the institution’s CRA performance within one year prior to entering into the agreement. The agencies selected the three year period for communications with an agency, certain types of discussions with an institution or affiliate about providing testimony or comments to an agency, and other written contacts with an institution or affiliate based on several considerations. In this regard, existing regulations generally require an insured depository institution to maintain written comments in its CRA public file for a period of three years.13 The agencies’ examination schedules also generally call for the agencies to evaluate the CRA performance of large insured depository institutions every 3 years. Regulations issued by the Office of Management and Budget and applicable to Federal agencies also discourage any collection of information that would require regulated entities to retain records for more than three years.14 The agencies selected the one year period for oral communications with an insured depository or affiliate (other than those relating to agency comments or testimony under the circumstances described above) based on several other considerations. One consideration was that many commenters suggested a time period in the one year range. Also, a shorter time period for oral communications with an insured depository institution or affiliate recognizes that, as a practical matter, oral communications are harder to monitor and remember than written communications. The agencies believe, however, that insured depository 13 See 12 CFR 25.43(a)(1) (OCC); 12 CFR 228.43(a)(1) (Board); 12 CFR 345.43(a)(1) (FDIC); and 12 CFR 563e.43(a)(1)(OTS). 14 See 5 CFR 1320.5(d)(2)(iv). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 institutions and affiliates are more likely to document and remember oral communications with a NGEP that concern providing comments or testimony to a Federal banking agency where such communications also involve a request to, or agreement by, the institution or affiliate to take additional actions in fulfillment of the CRA. Accordingly, the agencies have included such oral communications in the three year period described above. The agencies believe these time frames provide reasonable assurance that the communication and the agreement are not connected and would not impose an undue burden on the parties. Moreover, commenters indicated that where a CRA communication occurs it is most often occurs immediately before the parties enter into an agreement. This contact period is well within the time periods adopted by the rule. d. Additional Exemptions. A number of commenters requested that the Board exercise the authority granted by the CRA Sunshine provisions to provide exemptions for certain types of agreements that may involve a CRA communication.15 In particular, commenters requested exemptions for law firms and consulting firms, trade associations, owners of real estate that enter into sale or lease agreements with banks, community development financial institutions (CDFIs), and participants in the secondary loan market such as government-sponsored enterprises. The agencies believe that many of the concerns raised by these commenters are addressed by modifications made to the fulfillment, CRA communication and other sections of the rule. In addition, a wide range of agreements between insured depository institutions and affiliates and law firms will not be covered under the final rule because the definition of ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person’’ in the final rule excludes any person or entity that is acting as a representative of an insured depository institution or affiliate. (See section .11.) Accordingly, many agreements between law firms and insured depository institutions and affiliates would not be considered covered agreements because the agreement provides that the law firm will be acting as a representative of the institution or affiliate. In order for agreements to be covered agreements, the NGEP must have had a CRA communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate ll 15 See Jkt 194001 12 U.S.C. 48(h)(3)(B). PO 00000 Frm 00011 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2061 of a party to the agreement and the agreement must be made pursuant to, or in connection with, the fulfillment of the CRA, as described below. The agencies believe that most traditional consulting agreements that insured depository institutions and affiliates enter into will not meet both of these requirements. CDFIs that are insured depository institutions or affiliates of insured depository institutions are not covered by the CRA Sunshine provisions to the extent that they have agreements with other insured depository institutions or affiliates. CDFIs that are not insured depository institutions or affiliates thereof are considered NGEPs under the rule (see section .11.), and there appears to be no reason to provide a special exemption for this class of NGEPs. In light of the other changes and clarifications incorporated in the final rule, the Board also has not adopted any additional exceptions. The Board retains the authority to grant exemptions from the CRA communication provisions if experience in administering these provisions demonstrate that such action is appropriate. ll 4. Fulfillment of the CRA for Purposes of the CRA Sunshine Provisions The CRA Sunshine requirements of section 48 of the FDI Act apply only to covered agreements. To be a covered agreement, section 48(e)(1) requires that the agreement be made pursuant to, or in connection with, ‘‘the fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act.’’ Section 48(e)(2) defines ‘‘fulfillment’’ for this purpose as ‘‘a list of factors that the appropriate Federal banking agency determines have a material impact on the agency’s decision’’ to approve or disapprove an application for a deposit facility under section 803 of the CRA or to assign a rating to an insured depository institution under section 807 of the CRA. In defining fulfillment for purposes of the CRA Sunshine provisions, the agencies proposed the lending, investment, and service activities enumerated in the agencies’ CRA Regulations as the list of factors that have a material impact on the relevant agency decisions.16 This list of factors is: (1) Home purchase, home improvement, small business, small farm, community development, and consumer lending as described in the lending test portion of the CRA 16 12 CFR 25.21–25.29 (OCC); 12 CFR 228.21– 228.29 (Board); 12 CFR 345.21–345.29 (FDIC); 12 CFR 563e.21–563e.29 (OTS). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2062 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations Regulations, including loan purchases, loan commitments and letters of credit; (2) Making investments, deposits, or grants, or acquiring membership shares that have as their primary purpose community development, as described in the investment test portion of the CRA regulations; (3) Delivering retail banking services, as described in the service test portion of the CRA Regulations; (4) Providing community development services as described in the service test portion of the CRA Regulations; (5) For a wholesale or limited-purpose insured depository institution, community development lending, qualified investments, and community development services, as described in the community development test portion of the CRA Regulations for wholesale or limited-purpose insured depository institutions; (6) For a small insured depository institution, the lending and other activities described in the small insured depository institution performance standard of the CRA Regulations; and (7) For an insured depository institution whose CRA performance is evaluated on the basis of a strategic plan, any element of that plan as described in the strategic plan portion of the CRA Regulations. The proposed rule also provided that an agreement was in fulfillment of the CRA if it called for any NGEP to provide or refrain from providing written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the performance under the CRA of an insured depository institution or CRA affiliate that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement, or written comments that are required to be included in the CRA public file of any such insured depository institution.17 Some commenters suggested that this list of factors was too broad and covered normal business arrangements that were not intended to be covered by the CRA Sunshine provisions. In particular, commenters suggested that, by referring to a list of factors that includes all home mortgage loans wherever and to whomever made, the proposal could cover activities for which no CRA performance credit would ordinarily be granted to the lending institution. 17 The CRA Regulations generally require the agencies to consider public comments and comments included in an institution’s CRA public file when evaluating an institution’s CRA performance. In addition, the CRA Regulations require the agencies to consider written or oral comments submitted to the agency when acting on applications for a deposit facility. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 A number of commenters also argued that the agencies should only consider an activity to be in fulfillment of CRA if the activity is itself ‘‘material’’ to the CRA performance rating of an insured depository institution or to an evaluation of its CRA performance in an application for a deposit facility. These commenters suggested, among other options, that an agreement be considered to be in fulfillment of CRA only if it involved loans in more than one of the assessment areas served by the insured depository institution, loans of significant amounts based on the size of the institution, or activities that would change the CRA rating of the institution. The CRA Sunshine statute specifically defines ‘‘fulfillment’’ to mean ‘‘a list of factors that the appropriate Federal banking agency determines have a material impact on the agency’s decision’’ to act on an application for a deposit facility or assign a CRA rating. Under the terms of the statute, the agency must identify factors that have a material impact. The statute determines the threshold of amounts of resources that are sufficient to trigger the CRA Sunshine requirements. For this reason, the agencies did not adopt the suggestion of commenters that the agencies modify the list of factors to include a measure of the size of an activity. The agencies recognize, on the other hand, that the list of factors in the original proposal was very broad and could be read to cover activities that do not implicate the purposes of the CRA Sunshine provisions. To address this, the final rule has been amended to provide that performance of a listed activity, other than providing or refraining from providing CRA-related comments to an agency or providing comments that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file, is considered to be in fulfillment of the CRA for purposes of the CRA Sunshine provisions only if the activity is of the type that is likely to receive favorable consideration by a Federal banking agency in evaluating the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution that is a party or an affiliate of a party to the agreement. This is intended as a general test that does not turn on whether or not the activity in fact receives credit at the next CRA performance examination or is considered as part of a review of CRA performance in a future application for a deposit facility. Instead, an insured depository institution or NGEP can make this judgment on the basis of general experience with the CRA performance review process for the Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00012 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 particular type of insured depository institution. An insured depository institution is likely to receive favorable consideration for an activity if the activity (1) received favorable consideration at the institution’s previous CRA performance examination, (2) would address a deficiency that an agency cited in the most recent public evaluation of the CRA performance of the institution, or (3) is of the type that is favorably considered by the agencies in reviewing the CRA performance of comparable insured depository institutions. For example, under item (3), an activity conducted by a small, wholesale or limited-purpose insured depository institution (as defined in the CRA Regulations) would likely receive favorable consideration if the agencies favorably consider such an activity when reviewing the CRA performance of other small, wholesale or limitedpurpose institutions, respectively. Home mortgage lending in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods in an insured depository institution’s assessment area typically is considered favorably. On the other hand, home mortgage lending in middle- and upperincome neighborhoods, while taken into account in determining the size and scope of an institution’s lending activities under the CRA Regulations, generally does not receive favorable consideration. However, the context in which the insured depository institution operates may dictate otherwise. For example, this would be the case if the institution operates only in middle- and upper-income areas or makes loans only in high cost areas. In focusing on activities that are likely to receive favorable consideration, the agencies recognize that there is a difference between the purpose of the CRA Regulations, which must broadly take account of the context in which an insured depository institution operates, and the purpose of the CRA Sunshine provisions. The agencies do not intend the list of factors under the CRA Sunshine provisions in any way to indicate any change in the information that the agencies review under the CRA Regulations or to affect in any way the manner in which examinations are conducted or CRA performance ratings given. Accordingly, section .4 specifically provides that the term ‘‘fulfillment of the CRA’’ is only defined for purposes of the CRA Sunshine regulation. In addition, as discussed above, section .1(c) provides that the final rule does not affect in any way the CRA, the CRA Regulations or any agency’s interpretations or E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM ll ll pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations administration of the CRA or CRA Regulations. As noted above, the final rule also provides that the list of factors representing fulfillment of the CRA for purposes of the CRA Sunshine provisions includes providing or refraining from providing oral or written comments or testimony to an agency concerning the performance under the CRA of an insured depository institution that is a party to an agreement or that is an affiliate of a party to an agreement. Providing or refraining from providing written comments concerning the performance under the CRA of an insured depository institution that is a party to an agreement or that is an affiliate of a party to an agreement where the comments must be included in the institution’s CRA public file also is always a factor that represents fulfillment of the CRA. Providing oral or written comments or testimony to an agency concerning the adequacy of an institution’s CRA performance or providing written comments that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file are activities that are always considered to be in fulfillment of the CRA under the final rule, without regard to whether the communication comments favorably or unfavorably on the CRA performance of the institution. The terms of a written agreement generally determine whether the contract, arrangement or understanding is in fulfillment of the CRA. However, the parties to a written agreement may not avoid coverage under the Act by reaching an oral understanding, such as, for example, an understanding that a party will submit (or refrain from submitting) oral or written CRA-related comments or testimony to an agency or written comments to an insured depository institution that would have to be included in the institution’s CRA public file, and excluding this understanding from the terms of the written agreement. Commenters generally supported the original proposal to exclude from the list of factors activities designed to ensure compliance with the Federal laws that prohibit discriminatory or other illegal credit practices, such as the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (15 U.S.C. 1691 et seq.) and the Fair Housing Act (42 U.S.C. 3601 et seq.). Commenters generally agreed that inclusion of these activities in the list of factors could have an unintended and detrimental impact on compliance with and enforcement of the fair lending laws by, for example, discouraging agreements to hire ‘‘mystery shoppers’’ to test the institution’s compliance with the fair VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 lending laws or agreements to settle a fair lending complaint and improve fair lending performance. Accordingly, the list of factors has not been changed to include these or other activities. 5. Value An agreement is subject to the CRA Sunshine provisions only if it calls for an insured depository institution or affiliate to provide to one or more persons cash payments, grants, or other consideration of more than $10,000 in any calendar year, or to make loans that have an aggregate principal amount of more than $50,000 in any calendar year. The statutory threshold is based on the total value of payments and loans provided for under the agreement and does not require that these payments or loans actually be made to a party to the agreement.18 The final rule follows the proposed rule in providing that all cash payments, grants, consideration or loans provided by an insured depository institution or affiliate under the agreement, including amounts provided to individuals or entities that are not parties to the agreement, will be considered in determining whether an agreement meets the rule’s dollar thresholds. However, the rule provides that if an agreement includes a loan, extension of credit or loan commitment that, if done separately, would be exempt from coverage and also provides for the institution or affiliate to provide other funds or resources, the parties may exclude the exempt loan, extension of credit or loan commitment when determining if the agreement meets the dollar thresholds of the rule. (See section .2(e)(2) of the rule and the discussion under section III.A.2.b. above concerning qualifying loans). Under the final rule, an agreement that provides for payments to be made in any calendar year in excess of the dollar thresholds established by the statute is a covered agreement for its entire term. The agencies believe that using a calendar year period for these calculations should facilitate compliance with the rule by providing all parties to a covered agreement a uniform basis for determining whether the agreement is covered by the rule and because the terms of an agreement may not coincide with the parties’ fiscal years. The final rule provides that the annual value of an agreement that does not have a fixed schedule of payments is considered to be the entire value of the agreement. (See section .2(e)(1).) Commenters were mixed in their view ll ll 18 See Jkt 194001 12 U.S.C. 1831y(e)(1)(A)(i). PO 00000 Frm 00013 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2063 of how to determine the value of a multi-year agreement that does not specify when payments should be made. Some commenters believed that the annual value of these agreements should be determined by amortizing the total value over the life of the agreement, or by reference to actual disbursements, while others suggested that the entire value be credited to the first year of the agreement. The final rule credits the entire value of this type of agreement to the first year of the agreement. This approach is the easiest to calculate and is the least likely to cause an agreement unexpectedly to become a covered agreement. The agencies requested comment on how to value an agreement that does not specify the amount of payments, grants, loans or other consideration to be provided under the agreement, such as an agreement for an insured depository institution to open a branch or to begin offering a new loan product. Commenters that addressed this issue suggested allowing the parties to estimate the value of the agreement in these cases or to assume that the agreement had no value. In circumstances where an agreement does not specify the amount of payments, grants, loans or other consideration to be provided under the agreement, the agencies believe that the parties must reasonably estimate the value of the agreement. The final rule allows insured depository institutions that choose to report a list of covered agreements to report the estimated value of the agreement at that time (see section III.B.3. below). The following are examples of the value provisions of the rule. These examples, which are not included in the rule, illustrate only the application of the dollar thresholds of the rule, and assume that the agreement otherwise qualifies as a covered agreement. Example 1: An insured depository institution enters into a written agreement with a small business investment company pursuant to which the institution will invest $25,000 in the company. Since the agreement does not establish a schedule of payments, the entire $25,000 is deemed to be provided in the first year. Accordingly, the agreement meets the dollar threshold criterion to be a covered agreement. Example 2: An insured depository institution and a community organization enter into a written agreement pursuant to which the institution will invest $1 million in a state-sponsored investment fund that supports affordable housing initiatives for low- and moderate-income individuals during the next year. The community organization will not receive any funds or other resources from the insured depository institution or its affiliates under the E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2064 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations agreement. The agreement meets the value threshold criterion for a covered agreement under the proposed rule because the value of the agreement for purposes of the CRA Sunshine provisions does not depend on who receives payments or resources under the agreement. Example 3: An affiliate of an insured depository institution provides a $100,000 loan to an association of small businesses pursuant to a written agreement. The loan is on market terms and not for purposes of relending. The agreement also provides for the affiliate to make a $5,000 grant to the local chamber of commerce’s small business incubator. Because the loan is made on market terms and not for purposes of relending, the loan would be an exempt agreement under the rule if it were a separate agreement (see section .2(c)(2)). Accordingly, the value of the loan may be excluded in determining the value of the agreement. After excluding the loan, the agreement would not meet the dollar criterion of the rule. Example 4: An insured depository institution and a NGEP enter into a written agreement that requires an affiliate of the insured depository institution to provide the organization with a grant of $5,000 in 2001, $8,000 in 2002, and $11,000 in 2003. The agreement exceeds the dollar threshold criterion of the rule because the agreement provides for payments in excess of $10,000 during 2003. Assuming the agreement meets the other requirements of the rule and is not otherwise exempt, the agreement is a covered agreement for its entire term. ll 6. Related Agreements Considered a Single Agreement In two circumstances, section 48(e) requires that separate agreements or contracts be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the agreements— taken as a whole—meet the definition of a covered agreement.19 The agencies received very few comments concerning the aggregation provisions of the proposed rule. Some commenters stated that the aggregation rules should be deleted or should apply only when necessary to prevent circumvention of the CRA Sunshine provisions. The agencies have retained the aggregation rules included in the final rule because the CRA Sunshine provisions require the aggregation of agreements in certain circumstances, and excluding the aggregation principles from the final rule would require institutions and NGEPs to consult both the statute and the rule to determine compliance with those provisions. Other commenters requested clarification of certain aspects of the aggregation rules. Those matters are addressed below. a. Agreements entered into by the same parties. Under the final rule, all written contracts, arrangements, or 19 See 12 U.S.C.1831y(e)(1) and (2). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 understandings that are entered into by an insured depository institution or affiliate of an insured depository institution will be considered to be part of a single agreement if the contracts, arrangements, or understandings are entered into with the same NGEP within a 12-month period and each agreement is in fulfillment of the CRA. This aggregation rule applies to all written agreements entered into during the 12month period by the same NGEP on the one hand, and any part of the same organization, including an insured depository institution and any of its affiliates, on the other hand. The following examples illustrate this aggregation principle and assume that a CRA communication has occurred before each agreement. Example 1: In November, an insured depository institution enters into a written agreement with Community Development Organization, Inc. pursuant to which the institution makes an $8,000 investment in the organization. In April of the next year, an affiliate of the insured depository institution and Community Development Organization, Inc. enter into a written agreement under which the affiliate makes an additional $8,000 investment in the organization. For purposes of this example, both investments are assumed to be qualified investments under the CRA Regulations. The separate agreements must be aggregated under the rule and the combined agreement meets the $10,000 dollar threshold of the rule. Accordingly, the agreements are jointly considered a covered agreement. Example 2: In September, an insured depository institution orally agrees to donate $15,000 of computer equipment to a local housing organization. In January of the following year, the institution and organization enter into a written agreement for the institution to make a $5,000 CRA qualified investment in a local housing project that is eligible for low-income housing tax credits. The agreements do not need to be aggregated under the rule because the September agreement was not in writing. Example 3: In February, an insured depository institution enters into a written agreement with Partnership A for the institution to make a $9,000 grant to Partnership A for the purpose of rehabilitating affordable housing units. In August of the same year, an affiliate of the insured depository institution enters into a written agreement with Partnership A under which the affiliate makes a payment of $9,000 so that its employees may have access to the child care center operated by Partnership A. The August agreement is not in fulfillment of the CRA. Accordingly, the two agreements would not be aggregated under the rule. b. Substantively Related Contracts. Section 48(e)(1)(A)(ii) requires the aggregation of separate but ‘‘substantively related contracts’’ even where the contracts are entered into with different NGEPs. Unlike the Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00014 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 aggregation rule discussed above, the rule aggregating ‘‘substantively related contracts’’ applies only to separate, written contracts and does not apply to other types of written arrangements or understandings. The rule defines written contracts entered into by an insured depository institution or any of its affiliates as ‘‘substantively related’’ if the contracts were negotiated in a coordinated fashion. The rule does not require that the separate contracts each be in fulfillment of the CRA or that the parties to the contracts (other than the banking organization) be the same. Thus, the rule prevents parties from avoiding the disclosure and reporting obligations of the statute by separating out from an agreement payments or grants that may not themselves be in fulfillment of the CRA. The following examples illustrate this aggregation principle and assume that a CRA communication occurred before each contract. Example 1: Two housing organizations jointly approach an insured depository institution to obtain funding. A representative of the insured depository institution meets with both organizations at the same time to discuss their funding needs. The institution enters into a written contract with one organization to provide it with $9,000 for the purpose of rehabilitating affordable housing units. The institution enters into a separate written contract with the other organization to provide the organization with an unrestricted grant of $9,000. Because the contracts were negotiated in a coordinated fashion, the contracts must be aggregated under the rule. When aggregated, the contracts would meet the statute’s $10,000 dollar threshold and each contract would be a covered agreement. Example 2: A bank holding company announces its intention to acquire an insured depository institution. A Florida-based group and a California-based group independently approach the bank holding company to seek funding for specific projects and separately negotiate written contracts with the bank holding company. The contracts would not be aggregated under the rule, and each contract would be a covered agreement only if that contract on its own met the requirements of the rule. 7. Multiparty Agreements The agencies requested comment on how the rule should apply in circumstances where a covered agreement involves several parties and a CRA communication has been made by or concerning only one of the parties. This issue arises where several NGEPs enter into a covered agreement with an insured depository institution and only one of the entities or persons has made a CRA communication or where a NGEP has a CRA communication concerning one insured depository institution and E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations subsequently enters into a covered agreement jointly with the institution and several other unaffiliated insured depository institutions. Several commenters indicated that the disclosure and reporting requirements of the rule should only apply to parties to a covered agreement that have engaged in a CRA communication. The final rule provides that a NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple NGEPs is not required to comply with the requirements of the rule if two requirements are met. (See section .3(d).) First, the NGEP must not have had a CRA communication concerning any insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to, or an affiliate of a party to, the agreement. Second, no officer, employee or representative of the NGEP identified in section .3(b)(4) of the rule may have knowledge at the time the agreement is entered into that another NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication. Similarly, an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple insured depository institutions or affiliates is not subject to the disclosure and reporting requirements if (1) no NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication with or concerning the institution or affiliate, and (2) no officer or employee of the institution or affiliate identified in section ——.3(b)(3)(i) has knowledge that the NGEP has had a CRA communication with another insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement. In the context of multiparty agreements, covering parties that have knowledge of a CRA communication by other parties to the agreement assures that parties do not avoid the requirements of the CRA Sunshine provisions by refraining from making a CRA communication because the party is aware that the communication has already been made by another party. ll ll B. Disclosure of Covered Agreements Section 48(a) requires that each party to a covered agreement fully disclose the agreement in its entirety and make the full text of the agreement available to the public and the appropriate agency with supervisory responsibility over the relevant insured depository institution.21 The disclosure requirements of section 48 apply only to 21 12 U.S.C. 1831y(a). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 covered agreements entered into after November 12, 1999.22 1. Disclosure to the Public Section .6 of the final rule requires that each party to a covered agreement make a complete copy of the agreement available to any member of the public upon request. A covered agreement must be made available during the entire term of the agreement and the 12 month period following expiration of the agreement, without regard to whether funds are paid or received under the agreement during the year in which a request for the agreement is made. A party may charge the requestor for the costs of copying and sending an agreement, so long as the fees are reasonable. Commenters generally supported having maximum flexibility to make covered agreements available to the public and to charge requestors reasonable fees to cover the costs of making covered agreements available.23 Accordingly, the final rule does not prescribe any particular method a party must employ in making a covered agreement available to the public. The agencies expect that parties to covered agreements will employ methods of making agreements available that will not require requestors to go through unreasonable efforts to obtain the agreements. For example, a party may make a covered agreement available to any individual or entity by mailing it to the requestor. A party also may make an agreement available to an individual or entity with access to the Internet by posting the agreement on a publicly accessible website or to members of the public within a local geographic area by making the agreement available at an office within that area. In addition, a party may choose to publish a list of its covered agreements and provide the full text of an agreement only to any individual or entity that requests a particular agreement identified in the list. Several commenters requested clarification concerning how a party should comply with the statute’s public disclosure requirement when a covered ll 22 The rule includes special transition provisions governing the disclosure of covered agreements entered into after November 12, 1999, but before the effective date of the rule. See section III.D below. 23 Some commenters questioned whether a party to a covered agreement may also charge a requestor for the cost of searching its records for covered agreements. The final rule, like the provisions of the CFA Regulations governing the public availability of information in an insured depository institution’s CRA public file, does not authorize the recovery of search costs. See 12 CFR 25.43 (OCC); 12 CFR 228.43 (Board); 12 CFR 345.43 (FDIC); 12 CFR 563e.43 (OTS). Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00015 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2065 agreement consists of or involves multiple documents. For example, commenters questioned whether all of the supporting documentation relating to a loan or grant must be disclosed. The final rule follows the statute and requires only that the written contract, arrangement, or understanding be disclosed and does not require the disclosure or supporting documentation. When the covered agreement consists of a single document, that document must be disclosed. When the covered agreement consists of or is reflected by multiple documents, the party may disclose all of the written documentation relating to the agreement or only those documents that set forth the primary terms of the agreement, including (1) the names and addresses of the parties to the agreement; (2) the amount of any payments, fees, loans, or other consideration to be made or provided by any party to the agreement; (3) any description of how the funds or other resources provided under the agreement are to be used; and (4) the term of the agreement (if the agreement establishes a term). Several commenters requested that the rule establish a fixed period of time, such as 30 days, within which a party must respond to a request for a covered agreement. The final rule follows the text of section 48 and does not specify a time period for responding to public requests for an agreement. The agencies expect that the parties will promptly respond to requests from the public for covered agreements. As with the proposed rule, the final rule gives discretion to an insured depository institution to fulfill its public disclosure obligation by placing a copy of a covered agreement in its CRA public file and making it available in accordance with the procedures set forth in the CRA Regulations relating to public files. Several commenters recommended that affiliates of insured depository institutions that are parties to covered agreement also be permitted to disclose a covered agreement to the public by placing it in the CRA public file of an affiliated insured depository institution. The final rule allows affiliates to fulfill their disclosure obligations in this manner so long as the affiliated insured depository institution then makes the agreement publicly available in accordance with the rules governing public disclosure of information in the CRA public file. When an affiliate relies on the CRA public file of an insured depository institution affiliate to fulfill the disclosure obligations of the rule, it must refer members of the public that E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2066 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations request a copy of the affiliate’s covered agreements to the affiliated insured depository institution. The proposed rule provided that the parties’ obligation to make a covered agreement publicly available terminated 12 months after the end of the term of the agreement, and the agencies requested comment on whether this time period should be shorter or longer. Several commenters stated that the time period proposed was reasonable, while others advocated a shorter time period or no time period at all after the term of an agreement. In order to fulfill the purposes of section 48, the agencies believe that the parties to a covered agreement must make the agreement available to the public for a reasonable period of time. After reviewing the comments received, the final rule continues to require covered agreements to be available to the public for a period of 12 months after the term of the agreement. 2. Treatment of Confidential and Proprietary Information Section 48(h)(2)(A) directs the agencies to ensure that their implementing regulations ‘‘do not impose undue burden on the parties [to a covered agreement] and that proprietary and confidential information is protected.’’24 This provision must be read in harmony with section 48(a), which requires that a covered agreement ‘‘shall be in its entirety fully disclosed, and the full text thereof made available * * * to the public.’’25 Other provisions of section 48 require the reporting of the terms and value of covered agreements, the identity of the parties to the agreement, and the uses of funds and resources provided under covered agreements. The proposed rule provided that a party could withhold information contained in a covered agreement from public disclosure only if the party received a determination from the relevant supervisory agency that such information could be withheld by the agency under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552) (FOIA). The agencies noted, moreover, that the Act’s directive that terms of covered agreements be made available to the public could require disclosure of some types of information that an agency might normally be able to withhold from disclosure under the FOIA. The agencies requested comment on a number of issues associated with the disclosure of potentially confidential and proprietary information in covered 24 12 U.S.C. 1831y(h)(2)(A). 25 12 U.S.C. 1831y(a). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 agreements, including the likelihood that covered agreements would contain confidential and proprietary information, whether FOIA standards should be applied in determining whether information can be withheld, and whether alternative procedures could be adopted. Commenters indicated that covered agreements may often contain information they ordinarily consider to be confidential or proprietary, such as information about new and innovative programs an insured depository institution is offering, underwriting standards for loans, competitive pricing information, or personal data that would otherwise be protected under applicable privacy rules. Some commenters expressed concern that the requirement to disclose publicly covered agreements could harm their competitive position or dissuade insured depository institutions and their affiliates from entering into agreements with NGEPs that are in fulfillment of the CRA. Many commenters indicated that requesting a determination of whether information can be withheld from disclosure from the relevant supervisory agencies would be burdensome and time consuming. They suggested the agencies streamline the process for obtaining such determinations or, alternatively, provide a list of information that a party could withhold from disclosure without obtaining an agency determination. Many commenters expressed support for using the FOIA as the standard for determining whether information can be withheld from public disclosure. In light of the comments received, the agencies have revised the procedures for withholding information from public disclosure to clarify the process for determining whether information can be withheld from public disclosure and limit the circumstances in which the relevant supervisory agency is involved in making the determination. As discussed above, section 48 directs that certain information in covered agreements be disclosed. Accordingly, the final rule requires the disclosure of the following information contained in a covered agreement: • The names and addresses of the parties to the agreement; • The amount of any payments, fees, loans, or other consideration to be made or provided by any party to the agreement; • Any description of how the funds or other resources provided under the agreement are to be used; • The term of the agreement (if the agreement establishes a term); and Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00016 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 • Any other information that the relevant supervisory agency determines is not properly exempt from public disclosure. The agencies anticipate making a determination that additional information in a covered agreement must be disclosed only in response to a specific request for such a determination. (See section .6(b)(4).) Any such request must be in writing and submitted to the relevant supervisory agency in accordance with its rules concerning the availability of information.26 The final rule allows a party to a covered agreement to withhold from public disclosure any information not described above if the party believes the relevant supervisory agency could withhold that information under The FOIA. There is no requirement that the party obtain a determination from the relevant supervisory agency that such information can be withheld. Standards the agencies use to determine whether they can withhold information in their records from public disclosure records are contained in subsection (b) of The FOIA (5 U.S.C. 552(b)). With regard to the disclosure of information the agencies receive under the final rule, including copies of covered agreements and annual reports, section .8 provides that such information will be made available in accordance with The FOIA and the rules regarding the availability of information of the relevant supervisory agency. ll ll 3. Filing of Covered Agreement With Agencies Section 48(a) also requires each party to a covered agreement to make the agreement available to the appropriate agency. The proposed rule required each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement to file a complete copy of the agreement with each relevant supervisory agency within 30 days after entering into the agreement. NGEPs were obligated to file a covered agreement with a relevant supervisory agency within 30 days of receiving a request from the agency. Some commenters requested that the agencies allow insured depository institutions and affiliates, like NGEPs, to make a covered agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency only upon an agency’s request. Others suggested that the rule allow insured depository institutions and affiliates the option of filing with the agencies either 26 See, 12 CFR Part 4 (OCC); 12 CFR Part 261 (Board); 12 CFR Part 309 (FDIC); 12 CFR Part 505 and 31 CFR Part 1 (OTS). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations copies of covered agreements or a list of their covered agreements. Commenters also suggested that the agencies allow insured depository institutions and affiliates to file covered agreements with the agencies on a periodic basis, such as once each quarter or once each year, rather than 30 days after entering into each agreement, or by placing agreements in an institution’s CRA public file. The agencies believe that it is important for the agencies to receive notice when parties enter into a covered agreement and to be able to gain prompt access to the covered agreement. Such notice and access allow the agencies to monitor compliance by the parties with the disclosure and reporting requirements of section 48 and respond to requests from interested members of the public for copies of, or information related to, covered agreements. The agencies, however, have sought to streamline the agency disclosure obligations imposed on insured depository institutions and affiliates in a manner consistent with these principles. In particular, the final rule allows an insured depository institution or affiliate to fulfill its agency disclosure obligation by filing, within 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter, either a complete copy of each covered agreement entered into during the calendar quarter, or a list of all covered agreements entered into during the calendar quarter. If the institution or affiliate elects to file a list of agreements with the agency, the list must provide the following information concerning each covered agreement entered into during the relevant calendar quarter: • The name and address of each party to the agreement; • The date the agreement was entered into; • The estimated total value of all payments, fee, loans and other considerations to be provided by the institution or any affiliate under the agreement; and • The date the agreement terminates. An institution or affiliate that files a list of covered agreements with the relevant supervisory agency must provide any relevant supervisory agency a complete copy of any covered agreement referenced in the list within 7 calendar days of receiving a request from the agency for the agreement. The rule allows an agency to request a copy of an agreement referenced in a list for up to 36 months after the term of the agreement. The final rule also continues to allow insured depository institutions and affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement to file jointly the VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 appropriate documents with each relevant supervisory agency. NGEPs that are parties to covered agreements must make a complete copy of each agreement available to any relevant supervisory agency on the agency’s request. The NGEP must provide the requesting agency with a copy of the agreement within 30 calendar days of the agency’s request. As with disclosure to the public, a NGEP’s obligation to make an agreement available to an agency terminates 12 months after the end of the agreement’s term. Whenever an insured depository institution, affiliate or NGEP files a copy of a covered agreement with an agencyeither at the agency’s request or, in the case of an institution or affiliate, as part of a quarterly filing-the institution, affiliate or NGEP must provide the agency with a complete copy of the agreement. If the party proposes to withhold information contained in the agreement, the party must also file a public version of the agreement that excludes such information and provide an explanation justifying the exclusions under the FOIA. The agencies will not keep information confidential under the FOIA that a party would be required to disclose to the public under section 48. Accordingly, the parties may not propose to withhold, and the agencies will not withhold under the FOIA, the types of information in a covered agreement that a party must make publicly available under section .6(b)(3) of the rule. ll 4. Relevant Supervisory Agency The final rule continues to use the term ‘‘relevant supervisory agency’’ to identify the appropriate agency for a particular covered agreement. The agencies have moved the definition of this term from section .6 of the rule to the general definitions section (section .11) because the term is used in multiple sections of the rule. The agencies otherwise have made no substantive changes to the definition. Under the rule, the ‘‘relevant supervisory agency’’ for a covered agreement is: • The OCC in the case where— —The parties to the agreement include a national bank or subsidiary of a national bank; or • A national bank or subsidiary or CRA affiliate of a national bank provides funds or resources under the agreement; • The Board in the case where— — The parties to the agreement include a state member bank, subsidiary of a state member bank, bank holding company, or subsidiary of a bank Jkt 194001 ll PO 00000 Frm 00017 ll Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2067 holding company (other than an insured depository institution or subsidiary thereof); or —A state member bank or subsidiary or CRA affiliate of a state member bank provides funds or resources under the agreement; • The FDIC in the case where— — The parties to the agreement include a state nonmember bank or subsidiary of a state nonmember bank; or —A state nonmember bank or subsidiary or CRA affiliate of a state nonmember bank provides funds or resources under the agreement; or • The OTS in the case where— — The parties to the agreement include a savings association, subsidiary of a savings association, savings and loan holding company or subsidiary of a savings and loan holding company; or —A savings association or subsidiary or CRA affiliate of a savings association provides funds or resources under the agreement. Under the definition, more than one agency may be the relevant supervisory agency with respect to a single covered agreement. For example, if a national bank, state nonmember bank, and a savings association provide funds pursuant to a covered agreement entered into by their parent bank holding company, the OCC, FDIC, OTS, and Board would each be a relevant supervisory agency for the agreement. Several commenters expressed concern that requiring filings with multiple agencies under these circumstances could increase the burden of complying with the statute. Some commenters asserted that the rule should allow all filings to be made with one regulatory body, such as the Federal Financial Institutions Examinations Council, and asserted that such a procedure would reduce burden or help ensure the consistent review of confidential and proprietary information that may be contained in a covered agreement. Section 48 directs that the ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’ receive agreements and annual reports under the statute. The agencies continue to believe that the rule properly identifies the appropriate Federal banking agency for a covered agreement by ensuring that a covered agreement and its related annual reports are filed with the agency or agencies that have supervisory authority over the insured depository institution or affiliate that is involved with the agreement, either as a party or as a source of funds or resources paid under the agreement. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2068 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations C. Annual Reports The Act requires each NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate of an insured depository institution that is a party to a covered agreement to file a report at least annually concerning disbursement, receipt and use of funds under the covered agreement. Section .7 of the final rule implements these annual reporting requirements. The rule’s annual reporting obligations apply only to covered agreements entered into on or after May 12, 2000.27 The proposed rule required each party to a covered agreement to file an annual report for the fiscal year that the agreement was entered into and each subsequent fiscal year during the term of the agreement. The proposal also provided that a NGEP did not have to file an annual report for any fiscal year during the term of a covered agreement if the NGEP did not receive any funds under the covered agreement in that year. Commenters generally supported the reporting exception provided to NGEPs. Several commenters requested that the agencies also provide insured depository institutions and affiliates a similar exception from the annual reporting requirement for years in which an institution or affiliate does not make or receive payments, fees, or loans under a covered agreement. Section 48 requires a NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement to file a report at least once a year providing ‘‘an accounting of the use of funds received pursuant to’’ the covered agreement during the preceding 12-month period.28 The Act requires an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement to file an annual report concerning funds or other resources provided or received by the institution or affiliate under the agreement and any loans, investments, or services provided by any party under the agreement during the preceding 12month period.29 In light of these requirements and the comments received, the final rule provides that a NGEP must file an annual report for each fiscal year in which the NGEP receives or uses funds or other resources under a covered agreement. Because the statute focuses on both the receipt and use of funds by a NGEP under a covered agreement, the agencies have modified the rule to ll 27 The rule includes special transition provisions governing the filing of annual reports that relate to the fiscal year of any party to a covered agreement that ends prior to January 1, 2001. See section III.D below. 28 See U.S.C. 1831y(c)(1). 29 See U.S.C. 1831y(b). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 require a NGEP to file an annual report for any fiscal year in which the NGEP uses funds received under a covered agreement, even if the funds were not received in that year. An insured depository institution or affiliate must file an annual report for a fiscal year if the institution or affiliate made or received any payments, fees, or loans under a covered agreement during the fiscal year, or has data that must be reported on loans, investments, and services provided by any party to the agreement during the fiscal year. These requirements ensure that a party files an annual report for each year that the party has information that must be provided to the relevant supervisory agency, and that an annual report is not filed for any fiscal year where the relevant party has no information that must be reported. The agencies note that a NGEP must file an annual report for a fiscal year if it received or used any funds or other resources under the covered agreement during the fiscal year, even if the amount of funds or resources received or used are less than the value thresholds discussed above for defining a covered agreement. Any annual report must be filed with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement. The following examples illustrate these reporting requirements: Example 1: A savings association and a community development organization enter into a 3-year covered agreement pursuant to which the association will invest $100,000 in the organization. The savings association in fact provides $95,000 to the organization in the first year of the agreement and the remaining $5,000 to the organization in the second year of the agreement, and the organization uses the funds in the fiscal years that they are received. The organization must file an annual report with the OTS for each of the first two fiscal years of the agreement because the organization received and used funds under the agreement in those years. The savings association also must file an annual report for each of the first fiscal two years of the agreement since it made payments in those years. Because the organization does not receive or use funds under the covered agreement during the third year of the agreement, the organization and savings association would not be required to file an annual report with the OTS for that year. Example 2: A state nonmember bank enters into a covered agreement with a community organization to make $1 million in community development grants in the community over the next 5 years. The community organization will not receive any funds or other resources under the agreement (including under the grants as they are made), nor will it provide any services under the agreement. Both parties must make the covered agreement available to the public and the FDIC. In addition, the state Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00018 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 nonmember bank must file an annual report for any year in which it makes payments concerning grants made and actions taken under the agreement. The community organization is not required, however, to file any annual reports concerning the agreement because the organization receives and uses no funds or resources under the agreement. 1. Annual Reports Filed by NGEPs Section 48(c) requires each NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement to file a report at least annually with the appropriate banking agency providing an accounting of how the NGEP used any funds received under the covered agreement during the previous year. The proposed rule required the annual report filed by a NGEP to set forth (1) the name and mailing address of the NGEP, (2) information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the report is filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date it was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement, and (3) the amount of funds received by the NGEP under the covered agreement during the fiscal year. The final rule retains these information requirements. a. Itemized List of Uses of Funds. Section 48(c) requires that the annual report of a NGEP provide a detailed, itemized accounting of how the NGEP used during the previous year any funds or resources received under the covered agreement. The proposed rule required the accounting to be provided in one of two ways—either a description of the specific purpose or purposes for which the funds were used, or an itemized list of the amount of general purpose funds used for pre-defined expense categories. The proposed rule required a NGEP to use the specific purpose reporting method for any funds or other resources that the NGEP received and allocated for a specific purpose. Under the specific purpose reporting method, the NGEP would provide in its annual report a description of each specific purpose for which the funds or resources were used during the fiscal year; and the amount of funds or resources used for each specific purpose during the fiscal year. For funds or other resources that were used for general or unspecified purposes, the proposed rule required the NGEP to report the amount of funds used during the fiscal year for each category of expenses included in the detailed, itemized list set forth in section 48(c)(3). These categories required the NGEP to report the aggregate amount of funds used during the fiscal year for compensation of officers, directors, and employees; administrative expenses; travel expenses; entertainment expenses; E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations payment of consulting and professional fees; and other expenses and uses. Commenters generally supported the itemized list and recommended that the agencies not use their statutory authority to expand the list of expense categories included in section 48(c)(3). The comments received concerning the proposed specific purpose reporting method were mixed. Some commenters supported the streamlined reporting procedures for specific purpose funds because they believed it would require the reporting of less information than the itemized list of expenses. Some commenters that supported this reporting method requested that the agencies provide NGEPs with the option of using the specific purpose reporting method or the detailed itemized list to report the use of specific purpose funds. Several commenters opposed the specific purpose reporting method on the basis that section 48(c) does not provide for this type of reporting. In addition, some commenters expressed concern that the proposed rule’s definition of specific purpose funds was too broad or unclear or requested additional guidance on when a NGEP receives and uses funds or other resources for a specific purpose. Section 48(c)(1) requires a NGEP to provide annually ‘‘an accounting of the use of funds received pursuant to each [covered] agreement during the preceding 12-month period.’’ 30 Section 48(c)(3) provides that this annual accounting ‘‘shall include a detailed, itemized list of the uses to which such funds have been made, including compensation, administrative expenses, travel, entertainment, consulting and professional fees paid, and such other categories, as determined by regulation by the appropriate Federal banking agency.’’ 31 The final rule implements these requirements by providing that the annual report of an NGEP must provide a detailed, itemized list of how any funds or other resources received by the NGEP at any time under the covered agreement were used during the fiscal year using the categories of expenses included in section 48. Unlike the proposal, the list must disclose how the NGEP during the fiscal year used any funds or resources received under the covered agreement, including funds or resources that were received in a previous fiscal year but that were not used in that fiscal year. The agencies have modified the rule in this way to more closely track the provisions of section 48. 30 12 31 12 U.S.C. 1831y(c)(1). U.S.C. 1831y(c)(3). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Under section 48 and the rule, the itemized list of expenses must include, at a minimum, the amount of funds used during the fiscal year for— • Compensation of officers, directors, and employees; • Administrative expenses; • Travel expenses; • Entertainment expenses; • Payment of consulting and professional fees; and • Other expenses and uses (specify expense or use). The annual report may reflect the total amount of funds from all sources that the NGEP used during the fiscal year for the types of expenses listed above. The agencies may determine from this and other information included in the annual report the proportion of funds that the NGEP received under the covered agreement that were used for each category of expenses listed above. If a NGEP uses funds under a covered agreement for certain categories of expenses, such as ‘‘travel expenses,’’ the annual report need only reflect the amount used for that category. The agencies also believe that it is appropriate and consistent with the statute to allow a NGEP, where possible, to provide a more detailed accounting of how it used funds received under a covered agreement. A more detailed accounting can be provided when a NGEP allocates and uses funds received under a covered agreement for a specific purpose that is more limited than the categories of expenses listed above, i.e., it is for a specific expense in one of the categories listed above. A specific purpose would not include a general statement that funds were received, for example, for services rendered or to fund a general program or to fund a project that involved spending in multiple categories from the more detailed list. Instead, as explained below, the final rule clarifies that this reporting option is available only if the NGEP allocated and used the funds received under the agreement for a purpose that is at least as specific and limited as a category of expenses in the itemized list, such as to purchase a computer or to fund a specific trip. Accordingly, the final rule allows a NGEP that allocates and uses funds received under a covered agreement for a specific purpose to report how it used such funds by using the detailed, itemized list, or stating the amount received and used for the specific purpose and providing a brief description of the specific purpose. In the event a NGEP chooses to use the more specific reporting option, the NGEP must use the detailed, itemized Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00019 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2069 list to report the use of any funds that were not allocated and used for a specific purpose. The final rule includes examples illustrating these reporting provisions. (See section .7(d)(5).) The first example involves a NGEP that receives $15,000 under a covered agreement and uses these funds to support its general operations during the fiscal year. In these circumstances, the NGEP’s annual report must state that it received $15,000 during the fiscal year under the agreement and provide the total amount of funds and resources that the NGEP used during the fiscal year for each category of expenses included in the detailed, itemized list (i.e., for compensation, administrative, travel and entertainment expenses, consulting and professional fees, and other expenses and uses). The second example involves an organization that receives $15,000 under a covered agreement and allocates and uses these funds during the fiscal year to purchase computer equipment to support its activities. Because the organization allocated and used the funds for a purpose that is more narrow and limited than the categories of expenses in the itemized list, the organization would have the option of reporting either the total amount it used during the year for each type of expense in the itemized list of expenses described above, or a statement that it used the $15,000 to purchase computer equipment. The third example involves a group that receives funds under a covered agreement and uses some of these funds during the fiscal year for a specific purpose (to fund a particular business trip) and some of the funds for other purposes. Since the group did not use all of the funds for a specific purpose, the group’s annual report must provide the amount that the group used during the year for each category of expenses in the itemized list. The group also could report that it allocated and used a specified portion of the funds for the business trip and briefly describe the trip. b. Use of Other Reports. As noted above, section 48(h)(2)(A) directs the agencies to ensure that their regulations implementing section 48 ‘‘do not impose an undue burden on the parties.’’ 32 The Conference Report for the Act also indicates that the agencies should allow reporting parties to use reports prepared for other purposes to fulfill the annual reporting ll 32 12 U.S.C. 1831y(h)(2)(A). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2070 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations requirements.33 Accordingly, the final rule does not require that a NGEP’s annual report be prepared on a special form or in a particular format. Instead, the final rule provides that a NGEP’s annual report may consist of or incorporate reports or documents that the NGEP has prepared for public, internal or other purposes so long as the documents filed with the relevant supervisory agency contain all of the information required by the rule. The preamble to the proposed rule indicated that the agencies had reviewed several tax forms commonly filed by tax-exempt nonprofit organizations and noted that Internal Revenue Service Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax on Form 990 requires the filer to provide information that is at least as detailed, and in some cases more detailed, than the list of expenses required under section 48(c). Accordingly, the preamble to the proposed rule specifically indicated that NGEPs could use a completed Form 990 to provide the information required by the rule. Commenters expressed overwhelming support for allowing NGEPs to use documents prepared for other purposes to fulfill the rule’s reporting requirements. Commenters in particular praised the agencies for allowing NGEPs to use a Form 990 to fulfill their reporting obligations and many requested that the agencies incorporate this guidance in the text of the final rule. In response to these requests, the rule expressly allows a NGEP to use a Form 990 to provide the information required by the rule and includes an example illustrating how a NGEP could use a Form 990 to provide the expense information required by the rule. (See section .7(d)(3) and (d)(5)(i).) Some commenters also requested that the agencies clarify whether a NGEP could use other tax forms, such as Short Form Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax on Form 990EZ, to fulfill its annual reporting obligation. The final rule continues to provide that the annual report of a NGEP may consist of or incorporate any report or Federal or state tax form so long as the documents submitted, when taken as a whole, contain all of the information required by the rule. Accordingly, a NGEP could incorporate a copy of an IRS Form 990EZ in its annual report. However, unless the form contains all the information required by the rule, the NGEP must supplement the form with the additional information necessary to fulfill the rule’s reporting requirements. ll 33 See H.R. Conf. Rep. No. 106–434 at 179 (1999). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 c. Consolidated Annual Reports Permitted. The proposed rule permitted a NGEP that is a party to 5 or more covered agreements to file a single consolidated report covering all of the NGEP’s covered agreements. The agencies requested comment on whether consolidated reports should be permitted when a NGEP is party to 2 or more covered agreements. Commenters generally expressed support for permitting a NGEP to file consolidated reports when it is a party to 2 or more agreements, and the final rule makes that change. A NGEP’s consolidated report must identify the NGEP filing the report and each agreement covered by the report. In addition, in order to facilitate the tracking of payments under covered agreements, the final rule requires that any consolidated annual report filed by a NGEP indicate the amount the NGEP received under each covered agreement included in the report during the fiscal year. All other information required by the rule may be provided on an aggregate basis for all agreements covered by the annual report. Any consolidated report must be filed with all of the relevant supervisory agencies for the covered agreements included in the report. The rule includes an example of the type of information that must be included in a consolidated annual report filed by a NGEP. (See section .7(d)(5)(iv).) ll 2. Annual Reports Filed by Insured Depository Institutions and Affiliates The annual reporting requirements for insured depository institutions and affiliates are largely specified in section 48(b) and the final rule, like the proposal, includes these requirements. The annual report for an insured depository institution or affiliate must identify the entity filing the report and identify the covered agreement to which the annual report relates. In addition, the annual report must provide: • The aggregate amount of payments, fees and loans (listed separately) provided by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the agreement to any other party during the fiscal year; • The aggregate amount of payments, fees and loans (listed separately) received by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the agreement from any other party during the fiscal year; • A description of the terms and conditions of any payments, fees, or loans provided to, or received from, another party under the agreement; and • The aggregate amount and number of loans, amount and number of Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00020 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 investments, and amount of services provided under the covered agreement to any NGEP that is not a party to the agreement: —By the insured depository institution or affiliate; and —By any other party to the agreement, unless such information is not known to the insured depository institution or affiliate or will be contained in an annual report filed by another party. These informational requirements track those established by the statute. The rule allows an insured depository institution and an affiliate that are parties to the same covered agreement to file a single, consolidated report for the agreement. The proposed rule also allowed an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to 5 or more covered agreements to file a single consolidated report relating to all of the agreements. To reduce burden and in response to comments, the final rule allows insured depository institutions or affiliates that are a party to 2 or more covered agreements to file a consolidated annual report. The proposed rule would have permitted the consolidated report of an insured depository institution or affiliate to provide aggregate data on the amount of payments, fees and loans provided and received by the institution or affiliate under all agreements included in the report, and on the loans, investment and services provided by the other parties to all of the agreements included in the report. In order to facilitate the tracking of payments made by insured depository institutions and affiliates under covered agreements, the final rule requires that any consolidated report filed by an institution or affiliate state the amount of payments, fees, and loans provided by the institution or affiliate under each covered agreement included in the report. The final rule continues to allow a consolidated report to provide aggregate information concerning any payments, fees and loans received by the institution or affiliate under all of the agreements included in the report, and concerning any loans, investments and services provided by other parties to the agreements included in the report. 3. When and Where Must Annual Reports Be Filed The final rule adopts the approach for filing annual reports taken in the proposed rule and provides that each party to a covered agreement generally must prepare and file an annual report with each relevant supervisory agency for the fiscal year in which the party enters into the agreement and each E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2071 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations subsequent fiscal year during the term of the covered agreement. In order to provide maximum flexibility, the final rule also permits a party to elect to use the calendar year as its fiscal year for purposes of the rule. Using a fiscal year reporting period permits a party to coordinate preparation of its annual reports with other documents or reports that typically are prepared on a fiscal year basis. Commenters generally supported this approach and the agencies have made no changes to the proposed rule. As in the proposal, each party to a covered agreement must file its annual report for a fiscal year with each relevant supervisory agency within 6 months of the end of the party’s fiscal year. Some commenters requested additional time to prepare and file annual reports. The agencies believe allowing 6 months for the filing of annual reports gives the parties to a covered agreement a reasonable amount of time to gather the information necessary from the previous fiscal year and prepare the report. In addition, the time period is similar to the time period that parties have to prepare tax forms and annual reports relating to the previous fiscal year. For example, IRS rules generally require an IRS Form 990 to be filed by the 15th day of the 5th month after the end of an organization’s fiscal year. Consistent with section 48(c)(2), the rule allows a NGEP to fulfill its filing requirement by providing its annual report to the insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement. In response to comments, the agencies have revised the rule to allow a NGEP up to 6 months (rather than 5) after the end of its fiscal year to provide a copy of its annual report to the appropriate insured depository institution or affiliate. Any NGEP that uses this filing option must instruct the institution or affiliate to file the report with all of the relevant supervisory agencies on behalf of the NGEP. An insured depository institution or affiliate that receives an annual report from a NGEP in this manner must forward it to the relevant supervisory agencies within 30 days. This procedure reduces the likelihood that annual reports will be filed with the wrong agency because the insured depository institution or affiliate will know its relevant supervisory agency while the NGEP may not. D. Effective Dates of Disclosure and Reporting Requirements As discussed above, the disclosure provisions of section 48 apply to all covered agreements entered into after VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 November 12, 1999, and the annual reporting provisions apply to all covered agreements entered into on or after May 12, 2000. 1. Agreements That Are Amended or Renewed After Statutory Dates A written modification, amendment, renewal, or extension of an agreement creates a new agreement. Thus, if an agreement entered into before November 12, 1999, is modified, amended, renewed or extended after that date, the parties must disclose the entire new agreement in accordance with the rule’s requirements if the agreement meets the criteria to be a covered agreement. Example: An insured depository institution and a community organization entered into a written agreement in January 1999 that calls for the institution to place an ATM in the local community by January 2001. In September 2000, the parties entered into a written modification of the agreement that calls for the institution to establish a full-service branch rather than an ATM. If the modified agreement meets the criteria to be a covered agreement, each party must disclose the modified agreement in accordance with the rule and the insured depository institution must file any annual reports required by the rule concerning the agreement. (The organization would not be required to file an annual report because it does not receive any funds or resources under the agreement.) 2. Transition Rules ll Section .10 of the final rule contains special transition provisions governing the disclosure and reporting for covered agreements that were entered into after the dates set forth above, but before April 1, 2001, the effective date of the final rule. a. Disclosure to Public. The final rule provides that a covered agreement that was entered into after November 12, 1999, and that terminates before April 1, 2001, the effective date of the rule, must be made publicly available in accordance with the procedures in section .6 of the rule until April 1, 2002, one year after the effective date of the rule. The agencies believe this requirement provides the public with a reasonable opportunity to obtain copies of the agreements consistent with the requirements of section 48. Parties to such covered agreements are not required to make the agreements available to the public until the final rule becomes effective. b. Disclosure to Relevant Supervisory Agency. The final rule requires a NGEP to make any covered agreement that was entered into after November 12, 1999, and that terminates prior to April 1, 2001, available to the relevant supervisory agency upon request until Jkt 194001 ll PO 00000 Frm 00021 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 April 1, 2002. Insured depository institutions and affiliates that are a party to any such agreement must make the agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency by June 30, 2001, by providing the agency either a copy of the agreement or a list identifying the agreement in accordance with section .6(d) of the rule. c. Annual Reporting. The final rule also includes a special transition rule for annual reports that relate to fiscal years that end on or before December 31, 2000. Under this provision, if an insured depository institution, affiliate or NGEP is a party to a covered agreement that was entered into between May 12, 2000, and December 31, 2000, and has a fiscal year that ends within that period, the institution, affiliate or NGEP must file an annual report concerning the covered agreement with the relevant supervisory agency by June 30, 2001, relating to that fiscal year.34 The annual report must provide the information described in section .7 of the rule. For any fiscal year that ends after December 31, 2000, the party would follow the reporting procedures in section .7 of the rule. ll ll ll Example. On May 30, 2000, a NGEP and insured depository institution entered into a covered agreement for the institution to make a grant of $30,000 in two $15,000 installments. The first installment was made on June 15, 2000 and the second on December 15, 2000. The fiscal year of the NGEP ended on June 30, 2000. The NGEP is required to file an annual report for its fiscal year that ended June 30, 2000, no later than June 30, 2001. This report would reflect the June 15, 2000, payment received by the NGEP. Under section .7 of the rule, the NGEP would then file a second annual report by December 31, 2001, for its fiscal year ending June 30, 2001. This second annual report would reflect the December 15, 2000, payment. ll E. Compliance Provisions The final rule makes no substantive changes to the compliance provisions that were proposed. Section 48(g) specifically provides that nothing in section 48 authorizes the agencies to enforce the provisions of any covered agreement. The proposed rule incorporated this provision and the final rule retains it. (See section .9(e)) This is consistent with the longstanding policy of the agencies that CRA-related agreements entered into between insured depository institutions (or their affiliates) and NGEPs are private matters between the parties and are not enforced by the agencies. ll 34 A NGEP may comply with this requirement by providing a copy of the annual report by June 30, 2001, to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement in accordance with section .7(f)(2). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM ll pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2072 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations ll Some commenters objected that the compliance provisions in section .9 (a) through (c) only apply to NGEPs and do not apply to insured depository institutions and affiliates. The agencies may enforce compliance by insured depository institutions and affiliates with the disclosure and reporting requirements of section 48 using the cease and desist and other enforcement powers granted in section 8 of the FDI Act.35 Section 8 of the FDI Act, however, applies only to insured depository institutions, affiliates and institution-affiliated parties, as defined in the FDI Act. The provisions of section 8 of the FDI Act, therefore, generally do not apply to NGEPs that are parties to a covered agreement. Section 48(f) instead includes special compliance provisions applicable to NGEPs that are party to a covered agreement.36 Under these provisions, the material and willful failure of a NGEP to comply with section 48 may cause the related covered agreement to be unenforceable. In particular, under the section 48(f)(1), if the appropriate agency determines that a NGEP has willfully failed to comply with section 48 in a material way, and the NGEP does not comply with the law after receiving notice and a reasonable period of time to correct the area of noncompliance, the agreement thereafter is unenforceable by operation of section 48. Consistent with section 48(f)(3), the rule provides that inadvertent or de minimis errors in reports or other documents filed with an agency under the rule will not subject the filing party to any penalty. The rule requires the agencies to provide a NGEP written notice and an opportunity to respond before determining the NGEP has not complied with the rule, and allows the NGEP at least 90 days to correct a willful and material violation. The rule also clarifies that, in these circumstances, the agreement becomes unenforceable only by the party that has willfully and materially failed to comply with the rule. Any other party to the agreement may continue to enforce the agreement against the noncomplying party. The agencies believe this construction is the interpretation that is most consistent with the language and purpose of the Act. The agencies note that an alternative construction could 35 See 12 U.S.C. 1818. 36 Other Federal statutes outside the banking laws also may provide for penalties if an insured depository institution, affiliate, or NGEP fails to comply with the agency disclosure and reporting requirements of section 48 or includes false information in a filing made with an agency under section 48. See, e.g. 18 U.S.C. 1001. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 encourage NGEPs to violate the statute in an attempt to avoid performance under a legally binding contract, thereby frustrating the purpose of the statute. If the insured depository institution or affiliate elects not to enforce the covered agreement against the noncomplying NGEP, the appropriate agency may assist the institution or affiliate in identifying a successor NGEP to assume the responsibilities of the NGEP under a covered agreement that has become unenforceable. Section 48(f)(1)(B) also provides that, if an individual diverts funds or resources received under a covered agreement for his or her personal financial gain and contrary to the purposes of the agreement, the appropriate agency may order the individual to disgorge the funds and/or prohibit the individual from being a party to any covered agreement for up to 10 years. As noted above, section 48 specifically provides that it does not authorize the agencies to enforce any provision of a covered agreement. If, however, a court or other body of competent jurisdiction determines that an individual has diverted funds or resources for personal financial gain and contrary to the purposes of the agreement, the agencies may take one of the actions specified in the statute. F. Other Definitions and Rules of Construction 1. Nongovernmental Entity or Person Section 48 applies only to agreements entered into by a ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person’’ with an insured depository institution or affiliate. For ease of reference, the rule uses the term ‘‘NGEP’’ instead of the phrase ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person.’’ Some commenters requested that the agencies exclude certain types of entities or organizations from the definition of NGEP, including government-sponsored enterprises, credit unions, and quasi-public entities. The final rule adopts the definition of nongovernmental entity or person as proposed. The agencies believe this definition properly identifies those entities and persons that are not governmental entities and persons and, therefore, are within the meaning of the statutory term ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person.’’ Under the rule, a NGEP means any individual or entity other than the U.S. government, a state government, a unit of local government, an Indian tribe, or any department, agency, or instrumentality of such a governmental entity. A NGEP does not include a federally chartered public corporation that receives federal funds Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00022 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 appropriated specifically for that corporation. A nongovernmental entity that is affiliated with, or receives funding from, such a federally chartered public corporation, however, would not be considered a NGEP under the rule, unless the entity independently qualified for an exclusion. The final rule also does not treat insured depository institutions and their affiliates as NGEPs. Section 48 draws a distinction between insured depository institutions and their affiliates, on one hand, and NGEPs on the other hand, and imposes separate obligations on these two groups. 2. Affiliate The final rule adopts the term ‘‘affiliate’’ as proposed. The term is defined in the FDI Act by reference to the Bank Holding Company Act.37 Under the Bank Holding Company Act, an affiliate is any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company. A company generally is considered to control another entity if it owns or controls 25 percent or more of any class of the other entity’s voting securities. The final rule retains the special rule of construction that would apply in situations where an insured depository institution has filed an application with an agency to become affiliated or merge with another entity. In such circumstances, a NGEP may have a CRA communication and enter into an agreement with the acquiring insured depository institution (or holding company thereof) concerning the adequacy of the CRA performance of the target institution. The agencies believe these types of contacts constitute a CRA communication under section 48 and that any agreement resulting from such communication is a covered agreement if it otherwise meets the requirements of section 48. Accordingly, the rule provides that an insured depository institution is deemed to be an affiliate of any company that would be under common control or merged with the institution pursuant to a transaction that is pending before an agency. This rule of construction applies only where the agency application is pending at both the time an agreement is entered into and the time when a triggering CRA communication occurs. An example illustrating this point is provided in section .3(c)(1)(iv) of the final rule. ll 3. CRA Affiliate Treated as Insured Depository Institution The CRA Regulations provide that an insured depository institution, at its 37 12 U.S.C. 1813(w)(6); 12 U.S.C. 1841(k). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations election, may request that an agency consider certain activities conducted by an affiliate in evaluating the CRA performance of the insured depository institution.38 In these circumstances, the selected activities of the affiliate are viewed as activities of the insured depository institution. Accordingly, the proposed rule provided that a contact concerning this type of affiliate, referred to as a ‘‘CRA affiliate,’’ to be the equivalent of a contact concerning an insured depository institution. Similarly, the proposed rule provided that an agreement would be considered to be in fulfillment of the CRA if it concerned the performance of any of the activities in the list of factors performed by a ‘‘CRA affiliate’’ of an insured depository institution. The agencies requested comment on the treatment of CRA affiliates and how agreements should be treated that relate to affiliates that are not CRA affiliates at the time an agreement is entered into, but become CRA affiliates during the term of an agreement. Commenters generally did not object to the definition of CRA affiliate or treating activities of such an affiliate as the activities of the insured depository institution for purposes of the CRA Sunshine provisions. However, several commenters objected to an existing agreement becoming a covered agreement during the term of an agreement as a result of the designation of an affiliate as a CRA affiliate. In light of the comments, section .11(c) of the final rule defines a ‘‘CRA affiliate’’ as any company that is an affiliate of an insured depository institution and whose activities were considered by an agency in assessing the CRA performance of the institution at the institution’s most recent CRA examination prior to the agreement. In addition, the rule provides that an insured depository institution or affiliate may designate a company as a ‘‘CRA affiliate’’ at any time prior to the time a covered agreement is entered into by informing the NGEP that is a party to the agreement of such designation. Section .4(b) of the final rule requires that an insured depository institution or affiliate inform the other parties to a covered agreement if the agreement concerns the activities of a CRA affiliate. The institution or affiliate ll ll 38 See CRA lending test (12 CFR 25.22(c), 228.22(c), 345.22(c) and 563e.22(c)); CRA investment test (12 CFR 25.23(c), 228.23(c), 345.23(c) and 563e.23(c)); CRA service test (12 CFR 25.24(c), 228.24(c), 345.24(c) and 563e.24(c)); CRA community development test for wholesale and limited-purpose institutions (12 CFR 25.25(d), 228.25(d), 345.25(d) and 5632.25(d)); and CRA strategic plans (12 CFR 25.27(c), 228.27(c), 245.27(c) and 563e.27(c)). VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 2073 must provide this notification not later than the time the agreement is entered into. The agencies are of the view that an agreement that relates to an affiliate that is not a CRA affiliate at the time the parties enter into an agreement cannot become a covered agreement if the affiliate becomes a CRA affiliate during the term of the agreement. shorter or longer period. The appropriate agency could exercise this discretion, for example, where a onetime grant is made to a NGEP late in a year with the clear expectation that the funds would be used in the next year. In such circumstances, the agency could require the NGEP to file an annual report for the next year. Example 1: The director of a NGEP submits a written comment to a Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the CRA lending performance of a mortgage company that is affiliated with an insured depository institution. One year later, the director of the NGEP negotiates an agreement with the mortgage company for it to provide $100 million in mortgage loans in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods in the next year. The insured depository institution elected, in accordance with the agencies’ CRA Regulations, to have the lending activities of the mortgage company considered in the institution’s most recent CRA performance evaluation. The mortgage affiliate, therefore, is considered a CRA affiliate with respect to its lending activities. The agreement is in fulfillment of the CRA for purposes of section 48 and the NGEP has engaged in a CRA communication under section .3(a)(1) because the selected activities of a CRA affiliate and contacts with an agency regarding a CRA affiliate are considered activities of and contacts concerning an insured depository institution. Accordingly, the agreement is a covered agreement. Example 2: An affiliate of an insured depository institution engages in mortgage lending and provides credit counseling services. The insured depository institution elected to have only the mortgage lending activities of the affiliate considered in its most recent CRA performance evaluation. The affiliate and a community group enter into an agreement that provides for the affiliate to provide credit counseling services in the local community. The agreement is not in fulfillment of the CRA because the affiliate is not considered a CRA affiliate with respect to its credit counseling activities. Accordingly, the agreement is not a covered agreement. IV. Regulatory Flexibility Act Analysis ll 4. Term of Agreement Under the final rule, the duration of a party’s obligation to make a covered agreement publicly available and to file annual reports concerning the agreement is based on the term of the covered agreement. As a general matter, the term of an agreement ends on the agreement’s termination date established by the parties. Agreements that do not establish a termination date are deemed for purposes of the proposed rule to terminate on the last date on which any party makes any payments or provides any loan or other resources under the agreement. The rule gives the agencies discretion, in appropriate circumstances, to determine that the term of such an agreement is a Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00023 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 Office of the Comptroller of the Currency The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 604) requires an agency to publish a final regulatory flexibility analysis when promulgating a final rule that was subject to notice and comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The OCC believes that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small national banks, national bank subsidiaries, or NGEPs that are party to covered agreements with national banks or their subsidiaries. This final rule restates the statutory requirements and includes provisions designed to reduce the regulatory burden on entities and persons of all sizes. The OCC has prepared the following final regulatory flexibility analysis because the GrammLeach-Bliley Act imposes requirements that are new to the OCC and those subject to the rule, and because the OCC is unable at this time to estimate definitively the economic impact of compliance with the new requirements of the rule. Need for and Objectives of Rule As discussed above, this rule implements the CRA Sunshine provisions of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y), which was enacted by section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106–102, 113 Stat. 1465 (1999)). The rule’s objectives are to inform insured depository institutions, affiliates of insured depository institutions, and NGEPs on how to comply with section 48 by: (1) Identifying those agreements that are covered by section 48, including describing the circumstances in which an agreement is in fulfillment of the CRA; (2) Providing procedures for the disclosure of covered agreements to the public and the relevant supervisory agency; and (3) Providing procedures for preparing and filing annual reports relating to covered agreements with the relevant supervisory agency. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2074 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations New Compliance Requirements The final rule contains new compliance requirements that require insured depository institutions, affiliates, and NGEPs that enter into a covered agreement to make the agreement available to members of the public and to the appropriate agency, and to file an annual report with the appropriate agency concerning the disbursement and use of funds under the agreement. These reporting provisions are required by section 48 and apply regardless of the size of the insured depository institution, affiliate, or NGEP. The agencies have sought to reduce burden of complying with these requirements wherever possible and consistent with section 48. Comments on the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Although few commenters addressed the initial regulatory flexibility analysis specifically, many commenters addressed the regulatory burdens associated with complying with the final rule. Many commenters noted that section 48 was broadly worded and commended the agencies’ efforts to clarify which agreements are subject to section 48 and how a party to a covered agreement may comply with the statute’s disclosure and reporting obligations. Many commenters, however, expressed concern that the scope of agreements that were covered by the proposed rule would result in coverage of a wide range of agreements between banking organizations and NGEPs that were not intended to be subject to the disclosure and reporting requirements of section 48. Many commenters also expressed concern that the statute and the rule would discourage banking organizations from entering into agreements with NGEPs to provide loans, investments or banking services in their local communities. Commenters also provided specific comments on the disclosure and annual reporting procedures of the proposed rule. These comments are discussed in detail in part III. Commenters generally supported granting the parties to covered agreements maximum flexibility in disclosing covered agreements to the public and allowing the parties to charge reasonable fees for making covered agreements available. Some commenters requested clarification concerning how a party should comply with the public disclosure requirements when a covered agreement consists of multiple documents. Some commenters supported requiring the public disclosure period to terminate 12 VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 months after the term of the agreement, as proposed, while others recommended a shorter time period or no time period at all after the term of the agreement. Many commenters expressed concern that the procedures in the proposed rule for obtaining a determination from an agency that information in covered agreements may be withheld from public disclosure was vague and overly complicated. Commenters also expressed concern with the requirement that an insured depository institution and affiliate file each covered agreement with the relevant supervisory agency within 30 days of entering into the agreement. Several commenters objected to the proposed rule’s requirement that a NGEP that receives and uses funds or other resources for a specific purposes must follow reporting procedures that are different from the detailed, itemized list that is described in section 48, while others supported the proposal. Commenters also requested additional detail on the circumstances in which funds or other resources are received for a specific purpose. Commenters overwhelmingly supported the proposed rule’s provisions allowing NGEPs to use Federal tax forms and other reports to fulfill the reporting requirements of the rule. Several commenters requested that insured depository institutions and affiliates have an exception for filing annual reports for fiscal years in which they have no information to report. Some commenters also requested that a form be adopted for insured depository institutions and affiliates to use in filing annual reports. In addition, commenters generally supported the option of filing consolidated reports for NGEPs, insured depository institutions, and affiliates that are parties to two or more covered agreements. Minimizing Impact on Small Institutions Section 48 directs the OCC and the other agencies to ensure that the rule does not impose an undue burden on the parties to covered agreements. The final rule includes several provisions that are designed to reduce the burden and minimize the impact of the rule on insured depository institutions, affiliates and NGEPs, including small institutions, affiliates and NGEPs. Many of the provisions of the proposed rule that were supported by commenters were retained in the final rule and other provisions were added in response to comments received by the OCC and the other agencies. The final rule gives parties to covered agreements flexibility in determining Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00024 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 how to make a covered agreement available to the public. The rule permits an insured depository institution or affiliate to use the institution’s CRA public file to disclose covered agreements to the public. Parties to covered agreements also may charge a requestor reasonable fees for the cost of copying and mailing covered agreements. In response to comments received, the final rule provides a streamlined method parties may follow to determine whether information in a covered agreement can be withheld from public disclosure and additional guidance on the types of information that must be disclosed. The rule requires a NGEP to file a covered agreement with a relevant supervisory agency only upon request of the agency. In addition, in response to comments, the final rule allows an insured depository institution or affiliate to make a covered agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency by either filing a copy of the covered agreement with the agency or filing with the agency a list that briefly describes the covered agreements to which the institution or affiliate is a party. These filings must be made 60 days after the end of the relevant calendar quarter. The final rule also permits two or more insured depository institutions and affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement to file jointly the information that must be disclosed to the relevant supervisory agency. The final rule provides exceptions to the annual reporting requirements for NGEPs and insured depository institutions and affiliates under certain circumstances. It also permits parties to covered agreements to file their annual reports on either a fiscal year or calendar year basis. The rule also allows an insured depository institution, affiliate, or NGEP that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements to prepare a single, consolidated annual report concerning all of the covered agreements. NGEPs are permitted to incorporate into their annual reports other reports that have been prepared for other purposes, such as tax returns and financial statements, to fulfill the annual reporting requirement. The final rule also permits NGEPs that receive and use funds for a specific purpose (that is, a purpose that is more specific and limited than the reporting categories listed in the regulation) either to provide a detailed, itemized list of the uses of funds by the NGEP or a brief description of the use and the amount of funds used for the specific purpose. NGEPs are permitted to file an annual E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations report with the relevant supervisory agency by filing it directly with the agency or by filing it with the insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the covered agreement with instructions to forward the annual report to the relevant supervisory agency. Entities and Persons Covered The OCC’s final rule applies to national banks, subsidiaries of national banks and NGEPs that enter into covered agreements with a national bank or a national bank subsidiary. Section 48 does not authorize the OCC to provide an exemption for covered agreements based on the size of the insured depository institution, affiliate or NGEP that enters into the agreement. The OCC and the other agencies requested estimates of the burden the proposed rule would impose on insured depository institutions and affiliates and NGEPs. One large bank estimated that it was a party to over 500 agreements in 1999 that would have been considered covered agreements under the proposed rule. A national organization that promotes the availability of credit and capital in underserved communities commented that it and its 720 community organization members have negotiated 300 ‘‘CRA agreements’’ with insured depository institutions and their affiliates. The agreements that trigger the disclosure and reporting requirements of the final rule are entered into by private parties on a voluntary basis, are not enforced by the agencies and, to date, have not been required to be disclosed to the agencies. The OCC believes that larger national banks and NGEPs are likely to be party to more covered agreements than smaller national banks and NGEPs. The OCC and the other agencies have modified the rule in several respects in order to clarify the types of agreements that are covered by section 48, and the types of agreements that are exempt from coverage. Although some commenters submitted estimates of the number of covered agreements they would be a party to under the proposed rule, the OCC does not believe the information provided to date is sufficiently comprehensive to enable it to estimate definitively the total number of national banks, subsidiaries, or NGEPs that are parties to covered agreements. Federal Reserve System The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 604) requires an agency to publish a final regulatory flexibility analysis when promulgating a final rule that was subject to notice and comment, VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. The Board believes that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small state member banks, bank holding companies, affiliates of bank holding companies, and NGEPs that are a party to a covered agreement with any of the foregoing. This final rule restates the statutory requirements and includes provisions designed to reduce the regulatory burden on entities and persons of all sizes. The Board has prepared the following final regulatory flexibility analysis because the GrammLeach-Bliley Act imposes requirements that are new to the Board and those subject to the rule, and because the Board is unable at this time to estimate definitively the economic impact of compliance with the new requirements of the rule. Need for and Objectives of Rule As discussed above, this rule implements the CRA Sunshine provisions of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y), which was enacted by section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (Pub. L. 106–102, 113 Stat. 1465 (1999)). The rule’s objectives are to inform insured depository institutions, affiliates of insured depository institutions, and NGEPs on how to comply with section 48 by: (1) Identifying those agreements that are covered by section 48, including describing the circumstances in which an agreement is in fulfillment of the CRA; (2) Providing procedures for the disclosure of covered agreements to the public and the relevant supervisory agency; and (3) Providing procedures for preparing and filing annual reports relating to covered agreements with the relevant supervisory agency. New Compliance Requirements The final rule contains new compliance requirements that require insured depository institutions, affiliates, and NGEPs that enter into a covered agreement to make the agreement available to members of the public and to the appropriate agency, and to file an annual report with the appropriate agency concerning the disbursement and use of funds under the agreement. These reporting provisions are required by section 48 and apply regardless of the size of the insured depository institution, affiliate, or NGEP. The agencies have sought to reduce burden of complying with these Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00025 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2075 requirements wherever possible and consistent with section 48. Comments on the Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis Although few commenters addressed the initial regulatory flexibility analysis specifically, many commenters addressed the regulatory burdens associated with complying with the final rule. Many commenters noted that section 48 was broadly worded and commended the agencies’ efforts to clarify which agreements are subject to section 48 and how a party to a covered agreement may comply with the statute’s disclosure and reporting obligations. Many commenters, however, expressed concern that the scope of agreements that were covered by the proposed rule would result in coverage of a wide range of agreements between banking organizations and NGEPs that were not intended to be subject to the disclosure and reporting requirements of section 48. Many commenters also expressed concern that the statute and the rule would discourage banking organizations from entering into agreements with NGEPs to provide loans, investments or banking services in their local communities. Commenters also provided specific comments on the disclosure and annual reporting procedures of the proposed rule. These comments are discussed in detail in part III. Commenters generally supported granting the parties to covered agreements maximum flexibility in disclosing covered agreements to the public and allowing the parties to charge reasonable fees for making covered agreements available. Some commenters requested clarification concerning how a party should comply with the public disclosure requirements when a covered agreement consists of multiple documents. Some commenters supported requiring the public disclosure period to terminate 12 months after the term of the agreement, as proposed, while others recommended a shorter time period or no time period at all after the term of the agreement. Many commenters expressed concern that the procedures in the proposed rule for obtaining a determination from an agency that information in covered agreements may be withheld from public disclosure was vague and overly complicated. Commenters also expressed concern with the requirement that an insured depository institution and affiliate file each covered agreement with the relevant supervisory agency within 30 days of entering into the agreement. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2076 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations Several commenters objected to the proposed rule’s requirement that a NGEP that receives and uses funds or other resources for a specific purposes must follow reporting procedures that are different from the detailed, itemized list that is described in section 48, while others supported the proposal. Commenters also requested additional detail on the circumstances in which funds or other resources are received for a specific purpose. Commenters overwhelmingly supported the proposed rule’s provisions allowing NGEPs to use Federal tax forms and other reports to fulfill the reporting requirements of the rule. Several commenters requested that insured depository institutions and affiliates have an exception for filing annual reports for fiscal years in which they have no information to report. Some commenters also requested that a form be adopted for insured depository institutions and affiliates to use in filing annual reports. In addition, commenters generally supported the option of filing consolidated reports for NGEPs, insured depository institutions, and affiliates that are parties to two or more covered agreements. Minimizing Impact on Small Institutions Section 48 directs the Board and the other agencies to ensure that the rule does not impose an undue burden on the parties to covered agreements. The final rule includes several provisions that are designed to reduce the burden and minimize the impact of the rule on insured depository institutions, affiliates and NGEPs, including small institutions, affiliates and NGEPs. Many of the provisions of the proposed rule that were supported by commenters were retained in the final rule and other provisions were added in response to comments received by the Board and the other agencies. The final rule gives parties to covered agreements flexibility in determining how to make a covered agreement available to the public. The rule permits an insured depository institution or affiliate to use the institution’s CRA public file to disclose covered agreements to the public. Parties to covered agreements also may charge a requestor reasonable fees for the cost of copying and mailing covered agreements. In response to comments received, the final rule provides a streamlined method parties may follow to determine whether information in a covered agreement can be withheld from public disclosure and additional guidance on the types of information that must be disclosed. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 The rule requires a NGEP to file a covered agreement with a relevant supervisory agency only upon request of the agency. In addition, in response to comments, the final rule allows an insured depository institution or affiliate to make a covered agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency by either filing a copy of the covered agreement with the agency or filing with the agency a list that briefly describes the covered agreements to which the institution or affiliate is a party. These filings must be made 60 days after the end of the relevant calendar quarter. The final rule also permits two or more insured depository institutions and affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement to file jointly the information that must be disclosed to the relevant supervisory agency. The final rule provides exceptions to the annual reporting requirements for NGEPs and insured depository institutions and affiliates under certain circumstances. It also permits parties to covered agreements to file their annual reports on either a fiscal year or calendar year basis. The rule also allows an insured depository institution, affiliate, or NGEP that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements to prepare a single, consolidated annual report concerning all of the covered agreements. NGEPs are permitted to incorporate into their annual reports other reports that have been prepared for other purposes, such as tax returns and financial statements, to fulfill the annual reporting requirement. The final rule also permits NGEPs that receive and use funds for a specific purpose either to provide a detailed, itemized list of the uses of funds by the NGEP or a brief description of the use and the amount of funds used for the specific purpose. NGEPs are permitted to file an annual report with the relevant supervisory agency by filing it directly with the agency or by filing it with the insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the covered agreement with instructions to forward the annual report to the relevant supervisory agency. Entities and Persons Covered The Board’s final rule applies only to the following parties to covered agreements: (1) State member banks and subsidiaries of state member banks, (2) bank holding companies, (3) affiliates of bank holding companies, other than banks, savings associations and subsidiaries of banks and savings associations, and (4) NGEPs that enter into covered agreements with any Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00026 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 company listed in (1) through (3). Section 48 does not authorize the Board to provide an exemption for covered agreements based on the size of the insured depository institution, affiliate or NGEP that enters into the agreement. The Board requested estimates of the burden the proposed rule would impose on insured depository institutions and affiliates and NGEPs. One large bank estimated that it was a party to over 500 agreements in 1999 that would have been considered covered agreements under the proposed rule. A national organization that promotes the availability of credit and capital in underserved communities commented that it and its 720 community organization members have negotiated 300 ‘‘CRA agreements’’ with insured depository institutions and their affiliates. The agreements that trigger the disclosure and reporting requirements of the final rule are entered into by private parties on a voluntary basis, are not enforced by the agencies and, to date, have not been required to be disclosed to the agencies. The Board believes that larger banking organizations and NGEPs are likely to be party to a higher proportion of covered agreements than smaller banking organizations and NGEPs. Although some commenters submitted estimates of the number of covered agreements they would be a party to under the proposed rule, the Board and the other agencies have modified the rule in several respects in order to clarify the types of agreements that are covered by section 48, and the types of agreements that are exempt from coverage. The Board does not believe it has received enough information at this time to estimate definitively the total number of insured depository institutions, affiliates or NGEPs that are parties to covered agreements. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Subject to certain exceptions, the Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601–612) (RFA) requires an agency to prepare a final regulatory flexibility analysis in conjunction with its issuance of a final rule. If the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities, a final regulatory flexibility analysis is not required.39 At the time of issuance of 39 The RFA defines the term ‘‘small entity’’ in 5 U.S.C. 601 by reference to definitions published by the Small Business Administration (SBA). The SBA has defined a ‘‘small entity’’ for banking purposes as a national or commercial bank, savings institution or credit union with less than $100 million in assets. See 13 CFR 121.201. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations the proposed rule, the FDIC was unable to certify that the rule would not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Although the final rule contains provisions designed to reduce the burden of regulatory compliance by all parties to covered agreements, the FDIC lacks sufficient information to certify that the final rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. Therefore, pursuant to section 604 of the RFA, the FDIC provides the following final regulatory flexibility analysis. Need for and Objectives of the Rule The final rule implements § 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA) addressing disclosure and reporting requirements for certain agreements related to the CRA. Section 48(h) requires the Federal banking agencies to publish regulations applicable to insured depository institutions, their affiliates, and NGEPs relating to: • The types of agreements covered by the rule; • The procedures for implementing the disclosure requirements related to agreements covered by the rule; and • The procedures for implementing the annual reporting requirements related to agreements covered by the rule. Small Entities to Which the Final Rule Will Apply The final rule applies to all FDICinsured state nonmember banks (and their affiliates), including those insured state nonmember banks with assets of under $100 million. As of September 2000, 3,331 (of 5,130 total) FDIC-insured state nonmember banks had assets of under $100 million. The final rule also applies to NGEPs that enter into covered agreements with insured depository institutions or their affiliates. Section 48 does not authorize the FDIC to create exemptions for disclosure or reporting requirements based on the asset size of either an insured depository institution (or its affiliate) or a NGEP; therefore, the FDIC did not establish alternative compliance standards for small entities. Because agreements like those that will trigger the disclosure and reporting requirements of the final rule have not been previously disclosed or monitored by the FDIC, the FDIC lacks sufficient information to estimate the total number of insured state nonmember banks (or their affiliates) and NGEPs that may be parties to covered agreements. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and Related Burden Reduction Measures In its initial regulatory flexibility analysis, the FDIC specifically requested information on the likely significance of the economic impact the proposed rule would impose on state nonmember banks, their affiliates, and NGEPs who enter into covered agreements. Following publication of the proposed rule, the FDIC received approximately 200 comment letters. Although none of the commenters specifically responded to the questions raised in the initial regulatory flexibility section of the proposed rule, many commenters addressed the regulatory burdens associated with the disclosure and reporting requirements described in the proposed rule. They also requested clarification regarding the types of agreements that would be subject to the rule and advocated implementation of a more streamlined way to protect confidential or proprietary information from disclosure. (For a more complete discussion of the comments received, see the analysis contained in Part II of the Supplementary Information section of the preamble.) Section 48 of the FDIA requires insured depository institutions, their affiliates, and NGEPs that are parties to covered agreements: to make the agreements available to the public and to the relevant supervisory agency (as defined in the rule), and to file an annual report related to covered agreements with the relevant supervisory agency. Section 48(h)(2)(A) of the FDIA further requires the Federal banking agencies to prescribe implementing regulations that do not impose an undue burden on parties to covered agreements. In accordance with both this statutory mandate and with the comments received in response to the proposed rule, in the final rule, the FDIC sought to minimize the burden on all parties to covered agreements— including small entities. A brief description of some of the burden reduction measures related to the final rule’s disclosure and reporting requirements follows. (For a more detailed discussion explanation of these and other burden reduction measures adopted in the final rule, see the analysis contained in Part III of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of the preamble.) The rule minimizes burden in its disclosure requirements by offering parties to covered agreements flexibility in making these agreements available to public. No one single method of Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00027 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2077 disclosure is prescribed. NGEPs need only disclose covered agreements when a request for the agreement is made. One way that insured depository institutions (or affiliates) may meet their agency disclosure obligations is by filing a quarterly list of covered agreements with the relevant supervisory agency, with the actual agreement to be provided upon the request of the agency. If two or more insured depository institutions or their affiliates are parties to a covered agreement, they are permitted to jointly disclose the agreements to the relevant supervisory agency. Further, an insured depository institution and its affiliates may use the institution’s CRA public file as a disclosure mechanism. All parties to covered agreements are permitted to collect reasonable fees associated with the disclosure of these agreements. For clarity, the rule contains a list of items contained in a covered agreement that may not be withheld from disclosure, but it allows parties to request an agency determination concerning whether other information properly may be withheld. The rule minimizes burden in its reporting requirements by providing certain exceptions to the annual reporting requirement for both NGEPs and for insured depository institutions and their affiliates. Annual reports may be filed to reflect either a calendar year or fiscal year accounting system. A NGEP may use certain tax forms and other reports to satisfy its reporting requirement and also may meet its reporting obligations by filing the report with the insured depository institution (or affiliate) that is a party to the agreement. The rule permits consolidated annual reporting if insured depository institutions, their affiliates, or NGEPs are parties to at least two covered agreements. Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements The final rule contains disclosure and reporting requirements applicable to all FDIC-insured state nonmember banks, affiliates of state nonmember banks, and non-governmental entities or persons that are parties to covered agreements. Parties to covered agreements are required to make the agreements available to the public and to the relevant supervisory agency and to report annually to the relevant supervisory agency concerning the covered agreements. (For a more detailed explanation of the disclosure requirements of the final rule, see the explanation contained in Part III, B of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of the preamble. For a more detailed E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2078 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations explanation of the reporting requirements of the final rule, see the explanation contained in Part III, C of the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION section of the preamble.) The final rule does not establish specific recordkeeping procedures for parties to covered agreements. The FDIC anticipates that the parties will employ recordkeeping policies and practices sufficient to allow retrieval of covered agreements as necessary for compliance with the disclosure and annual reporting requirements of the final rule. Although the final rule contains provisions to minimize the compliance burden on parties to covered agreements, it is possible that insured state nonmember banks (and their affiliates) and NGEPs may require professional skills in recognizing the existence of a covered agreement; and in compiling materials responsive to annual reporting requirements of the final rule. Office of Thrift Supervision The Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601–612) requires federal agencies to prepare a final regulatory flexibility analysis (RFA) with a final rule that was subject to notice and comment, unless the agency certifies that the rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. OTS believes that this rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial number of small savings associations and their subsidiaries, savings and loan holding companies, affiliates of savings associations and savings and loan holding companies (other than bank holding companies, banks, and subsidiaries of bank holding companies and banks), or NGEPs that enter into covered agreements with any of the foregoing because the burden imposed on small entities stems in large part from the GLB Act, rather than the final rule. This final rule restates the statutory requirements and includes clarifications designed to reduce the regulatory burden on savings associations, affiliates, and NGEPs of all sizes, as discussed below. OTS has prepared the following RFA because the GLB Act imposes requirements that are new to OTS, the thrift industry, and others, and because OTS is uncertain of the economic impact of compliance with the new requirements. 1. Statement of Need and Objectives A description of the reasons why OTS is adopting this final rule and a statement of the objectives of, and legal basis for, the final rule, are contained in the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION above. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 2. Small Entities to Which the Final Rule Applies OTS’s final rule applies to the following types of entities if they are a party to a covered agreement: (1) Savings associations and their subsidiaries; (2) Savings and loan holding companies (3) Affiliates of savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, other than bank holding companies; banks; and subsidiaries of bank holding companies and banks; and (4) NGEPs that enter into covered agreements with any company listed in (1), (2), or (3). The final rule would apply regardless of the size of the savings association, affiliate, or NGEP. Small savings associations are generally defined, for Regulatory Flexibility Act purposes, as those with assets of $100 million or less. 13 CFR 121.201, Division H (2000). As of the publication of the proposed rule, OTS calculated that of the approximately 1,100 savings associations, a maximum of 486 were small savings associations. OTS also calculated that these 486 savings associations held approximately 100 subordinate organizations that could possibly qualify as small entities. OTS further calculated that a maximum of 205 savings and loan holding companies could possibly qualify as small entities.40 The initial RFA (IRFA) published in the proposed rule explained that to date, parties to covered agreements have not had to disclose or report agreements to OTS. Generally, neither OTS nor any other Federal agency is a party to covered agreements. Finally, OTS does not enforce such agreements. Thus, OTS did not have information about these agreements. OTS sought comments to enable it to make an accurate burden estimate including the number and size of savings associations, affiliates, and NGEPs that are parties to covered agreements, and the number of covered agreements that currently exist and would likely be entered into each year in the future. 40 It is likely that the number of small SLHCs is significantly less than 205. In a recent notice of proposed rulemaking, OTS applied a newly promulgated Small Business Administration (SBA) standard for determining whether holding companies are small. OTS estimated there were 88 small SLHCs under the asset-based definition in the SBA’s rule (i.e., holding company structures holding assets of less than $100 million), or 150 small SLHCs using the revenue-based definition in the SBA’s rule. See Savings and Loan Holding Companies Notice of Significant Transactions or Activities and OTS Review of Capital Adequacy, 65 Fed. Reg. 64,392, 64,397 (October 27, 2000) (applying SBA rule 13 CFR 121.201). Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00028 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 OTS received many comments on the proposed rule addressing its potentially broad application. A few NGEPs specifically noted that three of the largest community advocacy organizations have 720, 1,200, and 3,600 members, respectively. Commenters noted that each of these members is a potential NGEP. Community advocacy organizations are just one of many types of NGEPs subject to the rule. A substantial number of NGEPs commented that there were hundreds, if not thousands, of covered agreements. Commenters estimated that one large community advocacy organization alone had 300 covered agreements, including more than $1 trillion in loans and investments for low- and moderateincome communities. Commenters estimated another community advocacy organization had a dozen agreements. A very large financial institution estimated that it had more than 500 covered agreements in effect in 1999. A federal savings association indicated that it entered into 42 covered agreements with 38 community groups during the first six months since the GLB Act was enacted. A local government indicated that it had $1.3 billion in loans or grants in 60,000 separate transactions that potentially were covered, including 15,000 transactions with one large financial institution alone. While this information provides anecdotal evidence that a potentially large number of savings associations, affiliates, and NGEPs of all sizes are parties to a potentially large number of covered agreements, it does not enable OTS to make a reliable estimate of the burden of the final rule. 3. Reporting, Recordkeeping, and Other Compliance Requirements of the Final Rule As described more fully elsewhere in the SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION above, the primary requirements of the final rule involve the disclosure and reporting of covered agreements. The final rule requires each party to a covered agreement to disclose the agreement to the public by making a complete copy available to any individual or entity upon request. It also requires each savings association or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement to provide a copy to each relevant supervisory agency (as defined in the rule) and requires each NGEP that is a party to provide a copy to each relevant supervisory agency upon request. The final rule also requires each party to a covered agreement to file an annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning the disbursement, receipt, and uses of funds E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations or other resources under the covered agreement. Most of these requirements are mandated by section 48 of the FDI Act. Savings associations, affiliates, and NGEPs may already have recordkeeping and other policies and practices that would already enable them to partly or fully meet the requirements of this final rule. To the extent that existing practices and available resources are insufficient, parties to covered agreements would need professional skills to comply with this final rule. To disclose covered agreements, parties may need clerical and computer personnel. To prepare required reports and disclosures, parties may need personnel with these skills, as well as personnel skilled in financial, accounting, and legal matters. Some degree of personnel training may be necessary, such as to enable employees to determine when parties enter into covered agreements, and how to retain, record, redact, and compile information about agreements. OTS cannot predict exactly how savings associations, affiliates, and NGEPs will comply with the final rule since the requirements are new. For example, OTS cannot assess the extent to which savings associations, affiliates, and NGEPs will avoid entering into covered agreements as a result of the final rule. A common concern expressed by commenters was that the statute and rule would have precisely this effect. As discussed below, the final rule contains many provisions designed to minimize the compliance burden. These provisions are consistent with the directive in section 48(h)(2)(A) of the FDI Act that the Federal banking agencies ensure that the regulations prescribed do not impose an undue burden on the parties. 4. Significant Issues Raised in Response to Initial Regulatory Flexibility Analysis and Changes Made to Minimize Burden The issues raised by the commenters addressing burden in general are described elsewhere in the Supplementary Information. Many NGEPs and insured depository institutions commented that the disclosure and reporting burdens would be heavy. The issues that were raised by commenters that specifically relate to the rule’s impact on small businesses were the following: • Tracking and reporting on covered agreements would require many NGEPs, particularly small ones, to hire outside CPAs for the first time. One NGEP estimated that an additional 100,000 or more nonprofits would find it necessary to hire outside CPA firms, and that the VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 paperwork, accounting, and bookkeeping costs would amount to at least $3,000 annually for each nonprofit or $300 million annually for all. • Disclosing and reporting covered agreements would require additional staff, both for NGEPs and insured depository institutions. One estimate was that a total of at least 5,000 additional bank employees would be needed. One financial institution indicated it would need at least one additional full-time employee. Several NGEPs indicated that nonprofits reliant on volunteers could least afford additional staff. The proposed rule contained several provisions designed to avoid undue burdens. The final rule contains additional provisions that should minimize the need for new accounting systems and additional staff. With regard to the disclosure burden, the final rule: • Terminates the public disclosure requirement and the requirement for a NGEP to provide a copy to the relevant supervisory agencies upon request 12 months after the end of the term of the covered agreement. • Does not mandate any particular method for disclosing the agreement to the public. • Allows each party to charge reasonable copying and mailing fees when it discloses an agreement to the public. • Requires an NGEP to provide a copy to the relevant supervisory agencies only if the agency requests a copy. • Allows a savings association or affiliate to file with the relevant supervisory agencies a copy of a covered agreement 60 days after the end of each calendar quarter. (The proposed rule would have required filing 30 days after entering into the agreement.) • Allows a savings association or affiliate to elect to file a list of its covered agreements, rather than the actual agreement with the relevant supervisory agencies. It would be required to submit a complete copy of an agreement only upon a request from the agency. (The proposed rule would not have offered the option of a list.) • Allows a savings association or affiliate to publicly disclose by placing a copy of the covered agreement in its CRA public file and the savings association making it available under the public file procedures. (The proposed rule would not have extended this option to affiliates.) • Allows two or more insured depository institutions or affiliates that are parties to a covered agreement to jointly file with each relevant supervisory agency. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00029 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2079 • Enhances the protections for proprietary and confidential information. (The final rule, unlike the proposed rule, permits the parties to redact information before making agreements publicly available without the need for prior agency review and approval. It also lists the specific information that parties may not redact to provide clearer guidance. Finally, it provides procedures for parties to submit both redacted and unredacted copies to the agencies to facilitate release of information in accordance with FOIA and related safeguards.) • Contains transition provisions to ease compliance with disclosure requirements for agreements entered into prior to the effective date of the final rule. (The proposed rule had no transition provisions.) With regard to the reporting burden, the final rule: • Does not mandate any particular form for the annual report. • Allows each party to report on its own fiscal year basis or on the calendar year. • Exempts a NGEP from filing a report for a fiscal year if the NGEP does not receive or use any funds or resources during that year. • Exempts an institution or affiliate from filing a report for a fiscal year if the institution or affiliate does not receive or provide any payments, fees, or loans during that year and has no data to report on loans, investments, and services provided by a party to the agreement. An institution or affiliate has no data to report on another party’s activities if it does not know of the information or the information is contained in another party’s annual report. (The proposed rule would not have included this exemption.) • Provides the option of special purpose reporting procedures rather than a detailed, itemized list for NGEPs that allocate and use funds or other resources under a covered agreement. (The proposed rule contained similar provisions but would have made special purpose reporting mandatory where applicable.) • Allows a NGEP’s report to consist of, or incorporate, reports prepared for other purposes, such as IRS Form 990 and financial statements. (The proposed rule contained similar provisions, but would not have specifically referred to IRS Form 990.) • Permits a savings association, affiliate, or NGEP that is a party to two or more covered agreements to file a single consolidated annual report covering all its covered agreements, aggregating certain information. (The proposed rule only would have allowed E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2080 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations consolidated reporting for entities that are parties to five or more covered agreements.) • Allows a savings association and its affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement to file a single consolidated report. • Allows a NGEP to file its report with the insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement, rather than with the relevant supervisory agency, allotting six months to do so. The institution must then forward the report to the relevant supervisory agency within 30 days. • Contains transition provisions to ease compliance with reporting requirements for agreements entered into prior to the effective date of the final rule. (The proposed rule had no transition provisions.) The final rule also: • Clarifies, through examples, that a covered agreement (including a written pledge) must reflect a mutual arrangement or understanding. • Excludes an agreement from the definition of covered agreement if no NGEP that is a party has a CRA communication. (The final rule’s definition of ‘‘CRA communication’’ is narrower than the proposed rule’s definition of ‘‘CRA contact’’ in three ways: (1) The types of communications that concern the CRA are somewhat clarified and narrowed; (2) CRA communications must be known about by particular employees and officers of the parties (in some instances, a depository institution or affiliate may be deemed to have knowledge); and (3) CRA communications must occur no earlier than one to three years prior to entering into the agreement depending on the type of CRA communication.) • Does not subject a party to a multiparty agreement to the requirements of the rule if the party has not had a CRA communication and does not know about any CRA communication among other parties to the agreement. (The proposed rule would have had no comparable provision.) • Clarifies that agreements that relate to activities of affiliates that are not CRA affiliates at the time a covered agreement is entered into are not covered. • Implements the ‘‘fulfillment’’ provision to cover activities of the type that are likely to receive favorable consideration by a Federal banking agency in evaluating the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement. (The proposed rule would VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 not have had implemented the provision in this manner.) • Provides flexibility to the parties to determine the value of an agreement that does not specify the amount of payments, grants, loans, or other consideration. • Excludes from the definition of covered agreement any individual loan secured by real estate. • Excludes from the definition of covered agreement, specific contracts or commitments for a loan or extension of credit if certain requirements are met, provides flexibility to the parties to determine if the loans are ‘‘substantially below market rates,’’ and clarifies that the terms of the loan application and other loan documents establish whether the restriction against relending is satisfied. • In determining whether an agreement that combines an exempt loan and other consideration is covered, the exempt loan may be excluded from consideration. 5. Significant Alternatives to the Final Rule The requirements in the final rule parallel those in the GLB Act. The final rule clarifies the statutory requirements in some areas and restates the requirements in a more understandable manner in other areas. The final rule does not impose any requirements that differ substantially from the statute. Since the requirements are set by statute, OTS has only limited discretion to consider alternatives. To the extent that OTS does have discretion, it has exercised that discretion to minimize the burden as discussed above. Congress has decided that ‘‘each’’ insured depository institution, affiliate, or person that is a party to a covered agreement must disclose and report the agreement. The GLB Act does not expressly authorize OTS to exempt small savings associations, affiliates, or NGEPs from these requirements. OTS does not interpret the statute to permit such an exemption. 6. Duplicative, Overlapping, or Conflicting Federal Rules This final rule does not appear to duplicate or overlap with any other Federal rules. To the extent that required information is already contained in reports prepared for other purposes, the final rule allows a NGEP’s report to consist of, or incorporate, these existing reports. The final rule also allows insured depository institutions and affiliates to use the CRA public file established under the CRA Regulations as a mechanism for disclosing Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00030 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 agreements. The rule is not intended to otherwise affect the CRA. OTS lacks sufficient information about the contents of covered agreements, however, to conclude whether the final requirements conflict with other Federal rules. One area of potential conflict on which comment was solicited was the rule’s requirement to make a ‘‘complete copy’’ of a covered agreement available to the public and to the relevant supervisory agencies. OTS solicited specific comment on whether covered agreements contain information that savings associations, affiliates, or persons may be barred from disclosing under other Federal rules (e.g., private customer information), or may be permitted to refrain from disclosing to the public or a Federal banking agency under other Federal rules (e.g., proprietary information). OTS also generally sought comment on any Federal rules that may duplicate, overlap, or conflict with the proposal. Several commenters indicated that covered agreements are likely to contain proprietary and confidential information. Several commenters requested that the final rule accord full FOIA protections to information in covered agreements. As discussed above, the agencies have enhanced the procedures for protecting proprietary and confidential information in the final rule. V. Executive Order 12866 Determination OCC: The Comptroller of the Currency has determined that this final rule does not constitute a ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ for purposes of Executive Order 12866 because it does not satisfy any of the elements of the definition of ‘‘significant regulatory action’’ provided by the Executive Order. OTS: OTS has determined that this final rule does not constitute a significant regulatory action for the purpose of Executive Order 12866. Reporting and disclosure are mandated by section 48 of the FDI Act. Most of the final rule’s provisions closely follow the requirements of this section. OTS has exercised its discretion, to the extent possible, to minimize costs and burdens. While OTS acknowledges that the rule will impose costs on insured depository institutions, affiliates, and NGEPs by requiring these entities to disclose and report on covered agreements, OTS believes that the impact of the rule does not meet the thresholds of the Executive Order. VI. Paperwork Reduction Act The agencies may not conduct or sponsor, and an organization is not E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations required to respond to, an information collection unless it displays a currently valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. The OMB control numbers are listed below: OCC: 1557–0219 Board: 7100–0298 FDIC: 3064–0139 OTS: 1550–0105 The agencies sought comment on all aspects of the burden estimates for the information collections in the reporting and disclosure provisions of the proposed rule, including how burdensome it would be for NGEPs, insured depository institutions, and affiliates of insured depository institutions to comply with the burden elements. Many commenters suggested, in response to specific proposed sections, that the disclosure and reporting requirements of the rule would impose significant burden on them. Several asserted that the agencies had underestimated the burden associated with complying with the rule. Many commenters recommended changes in the procedures of the proposed rule for disclosing covered agreements to the public and the relevant supervisory agencies and for submitting annual reports relating to covered agreements. The agencies have addressed several of these concerns by amending the relevant provisions of the rule as discussed above. The final rule contains four disclosure requirements and two reporting requirements for insured depository institutions and affiliates of insured depository institutions, as well as three disclosure requirements and one reporting requirement for NGEPs. Below is a brief summary of the paperwork burdens implemented by this final rule. The final rule requires each NGEP, insured depository institution, and affiliate of an insured depository institution that is a party to a covered agreement to make the agreement available to the public upon request at any time during the term of the agreement and continuing until 12 months after the term of the agreement (§§ .6(b)(1) and .6(b)(5)). A NGEP is required to disclose a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency within 30 days of a request from the agency (§§ .6(c)(1)). An insured depository institution or affiliate that enters into a covered agreement must, within 60 days after the close of the relevant calendar quarter, provide to each relevant supervisory agency either (1) a complete copy of each agreement entered into during the calendar quarter ll ll ll VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 ll (§§ .6(d)(1)(i)), or (2) a list of all covered agreements entered into during the calendar quarter (§§ .6(d)(1)(ii)). Some commenters felt that allowing insured depository institutions or affiliates to submit a list of their covered agreements would help to decrease burden on the organization. If an institution or affiliate submits a list of its agreement, the institution or affiliate must provide any relevant supervisory agency with a complete copy of any covered agreement referenced in the list within 7 calendar days of receiving a request from the agency (§§ .6(d)(2)). The obligation of an institution or affiliate to provide an agency with a copy of a covered agreement referenced in a list terminates 36 months after the term of the agreement. The final rule also requires each NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement to file an annual report that relates to the agreement for each fiscal year that the NGEP receives or uses funds received under the agreement (§§ .7(b)). Each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement must file an annual report for each fiscal year that the institution or affiliate makes or receives payments under the agreement or has data to report on loans, investments or services provided under the agreement (§§ .7(b)). Annual reports must be filed with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement. The content requirements for the annual report for NGEPs, and insured depository institutions and affiliates of an insured depository institutions are contained in (§§ .7(d)) and (§§ .7(e)) respectively. The insured depository institution or affiliate must submit its annual report to the relevant supervisory agency within 6 months of the end of its fiscal year. A NGEP must, within 6 months of the end of its fiscal year, either file its annual report with each relevant supervisory agency directly or an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement with instructions for the institution or affiliate to file it with the relevant supervisory agency. The insured depository institution or affiliate must submit the annual report of a NGEP to each relevant supervisory agency within 30 days of receiving the report (§§ .7(f)(2)(ii)). Finally, an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that concerns the performance of any activity identified in section .4 (fulfillment) of a CRA affiliate is required to notify each NGEP that is a party to the agreement that the Jkt 194001 ll ll ll ll ll ll ll ll PO 00000 Frm 00031 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 ll 2081 agreement concerns a CRA affiliate (§§ .4(b)). The estimated total annual reporting and disclosure burden of the final rule will depend on the number of covered agreements. The agencies specifically requested comment on the total number of NGEPs, insured depository institutions, and affiliates that may be parties to covered agreements, and the total number of covered agreements that may be subject to the disclosure and reporting requirements of the rule. The agencies received few estimates from NGEPs, insured depository institutions and affiliates concerning the number of agreements to which they are parties that would be covered under the rule. One large bank estimated that it was a party to over 500 agreements in 1999 that would have been considered covered agreements under the proposed rule. A national organization that promotes the availability of credit and capital in underserved communities commented that it and its 720 community organization members have negotiated 300 ‘‘CRA agreements’’ with insured depository institutions and their affiliates. The agreements that trigger the disclosure and reporting requirements of the final rule are entered into by private parties on a voluntary basis, are not enforced by the agencies and, to date, have not been required to be disclosed to the agencies. The agencies believe that larger banking organizations and NGEPs are likely to be party to a higher proportion of covered agreements than smaller banking organizations and NGEPs. Although some commenters provided estimates on the number of covered agreements that might exist under the proposed rule, as noted above, the final rule clarifies in several important areas the types of agreements that are covered by section 48, and the types of agreements that are exempt from coverage. Accordingly, the agencies do not believe they have received enough information at this time to definitively estimate the total number of insured depository institutions, affiliates or NGEPs that are parties to covered agreements or the total number of covered agreements that may be subject to the disclosure and reporting requirements of the rule. Nevertheless, solely for purposes of complying with the requirements of the Paperwork Reduction Act, each agency has computed the estimate of annual paperwork burden assuming that each insured depository institution it regulates is involved, either as a party or as a source of funds, with two covered agreements. This would take E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2082 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations into account that large banking organizations may be parties to substantially more covered agreements and many small banking organizations may be party to no covered agreements. In addition, the agencies have assumed that one NGEP is a party to each of these agreements. After the agencies have gained some experience with collecting information under the rule, they will reexamine the paperwork burden. There are other requirements for NGEPs, insured depository institutions, and affiliates of an insured depository institutions which are not considered to be paperwork requirements. These requirements are discussed in detail in the regulation text and earlier in this preamble. OCC: OMB has reviewed and approved the collections of information contained in the rule under control number 1557–0219, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). OMB clearance will expire on July 31, 2003. The potential respondents include national banks and subsidiaries of national banks, and NGEPs that are a party to a covered agreement with any of the foregoing. Estimated number of financial institution respondents: 2,400. Estimated number of NGEP respondents: 4,800. Estimated average annual burden hours for financial institution respondents per agreement: 9 hours. Estimated burden hours for NGEPs per agreement: 6 hours. Estimated total annual reporting and disclosure burden: 72,000 hours. Board: In accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3506; 5 CFR 1320, appendix A.1), the Board approved the rule under the authority delegated to the Board by the OMB. The OMB control number is 7100–0298. OMB clearance will expire on January 31, 2004. The potential respondents are state member banks and subsidiaries of state member banks; bank holding companies; affiliates of bank holding companies other than savings associations, national banks, insured nonmember banks, and subsidiaries of such associations and banks, and NGEPs that are a party to a covered agreement with any of the foregoing. Estimated number of financial institution respondents: 994. Estimated number of NGEP respondents: 1,988. Estimated average annual burden hours for financial institution respondents per agreement: 9 hours. Estimated burden hours for NGEPs per agreement: 6 hours. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Estimated total annual reporting and disclosure burden: 29,820 hours. FDIC: OMB has reviewed and approved the collections of information contained in the rule under control number 3064–0139, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). OMB clearance will expire on July 31, 2003. The potential respondents are insured nonmember banks, subsidiaries of insured nonmember banks, and NGEPs that are a party to a covered agreement with any of the foregoing. Estimated number of financial institution respondents: 5,130. Estimated number of NGEP respondents: 10,260. Estimated average annual burden hours for financial institution respondents per agreement: 9 hours. Estimated burden hours for NGEPs per agreement: 6 hours. Estimated total annual reporting and disclosure burden: 153,900 hours. OTS: OMB has reviewed and approved the collections of information contained in the rule under control number 1550–0105, in accordance with the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). OMB clearance will expire on July 31, 2003. The potential respondents are savings associations and their subsidiaries, savings and loan holding companies, affiliates of savings associations and savings and loan holding companies other than bank holding companies, banks and subsidiaries of bank holding companies, and NGEPs that are a party to a covered agreement with any of the foregoing. Estimated number of financial institution respondents: 1,075. Estimated number of NGEP respondents: 2,150. Estimated average annual burden hours for financial institution respondents per agreement: 9 hours. Estimated burden hours for NGEPs respondents per agreement: 6 hours. Estimated total annual reporting and disclosure burden: 32,250 hours. The agencies have a continuing interest in the public’s opinion regarding collections of information. Members of the public may submit comments, at any time, regarding any aspect of these collections of information. Comments may be sent to: OCC: Jessie Dunaway, Clearance Officer, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, 250 E Street, SW., Mailstop 8–4, Washington, DC 20219. Board: Mary M. West, Federal Reserve Board Clearance Officer, Mailstop 97, Division of Research and Statistics, Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, DC 20551. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00032 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 FDIC: Steven F. Hanft, Assistant Executive Secretary (Regulatory Analysis), Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Room F–4080, 550 17th Street, NW., Washington, DC 20429. OTS: Dissemination Branch (1550– 0106), Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, NW., Washington, DC 20552. A copy of all comments should also be sent to the Office of Management and Budget, Paperwork Reduction Project (include OMB control number), Washington, DC 20503. VII. Comments Regarding the Use of ‘‘Plain Language’’ Section 722 of the Gramm-LeachBliley Act requires the agencies to use ‘‘plain language’’ in all final rules published after January 1, 2000. The agencies requested comments on whether the proposed rule meets the plain language standard, whether changes should be made to the organization or format of the rule and whether terms used in the rule are clear. Some commenters recommended that agencies move the section that defines terms used in the rule to the front of the rule. The agencies believe that including the substantive provisions of the rule, including the key definitions of what agreements are ‘‘covered agreements’’ and ‘‘in fulfillment of the CRA,’’ at the front of the rule will assist users in rapidly identifying whether a particular agreement meets the requirements to be a covered agreement. Accordingly, the agencies have not moved the section including other definitions to the front of the rule. Some commenters requested that the agencies clarify the scope of certain terms used in the proposed rule or examples included in the proposed rule or accompanying SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION. These comments are addressed in Part III of this preamble. VIII. Unfunded Mandates Act of 1995 OCC: Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1532 (Unfunded Mandates Act), requires that an agency prepare a budgetary impact statement before promulgating a rule that includes a Federal mandate that may result in expenditures by state, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. If a budgetary impact statement is required, section 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Act also requires an agency to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule. This final rule does not apply to state, local or tribal governments. The OCC is not required to assess the effects of its regulatory actions on the private sector E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations to the extent those regulations incorporate requirements specifically set forth in law. 2 U.S.C. 1531. The provisions in the final rule incorporate the requirements of Section 711 of the GLBA. Moreover, as described elsewhere in the Supplementary Information, the final rule contains provisions intended to minimize costs and burdens on the private sector entities to which it applies. Therefore, the OCC has determined that this rule will not result in expenditures by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year and, accordingly, has not prepared a budgetary impact statement. OTS: Section 202 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995, 2 U.S.C. 1532 (Unfunded Mandates Act), requires that an agency prepare a budgetary impact statement before promulgating a rule that includes a Federal mandate that may result in expenditures by state, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. If a budgetary impact statement is required, section 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Act also requires an agency to identify and consider a reasonable number of regulatory alternatives before promulgating a rule. The final rule does not apply to state, local or tribal governments. Although the final rule applies to insured depository institutions, affiliates, and NGEPs, OTS is not required to assess the effects of its regulatory actions on 2083 the private sector to the extent such regulations incorporate requirements specifically set forth in law. 2 U.S.C. 1531. Most of the final rule’s provisions closely follow the requirements of section 711 of the GLB Act. Moreover, OTS has exercised its discretion, to the extent possible, to minimize costs and burdens. Therefore, OTS has determined that this final rule will not result in expenditures by State, local, and tribal governments, in the aggregate, or by the private sector, of $100 million or more in any one year. Accordingly, OTS has not prepared a budgetary impact statement or specifically addressed the regulatory alternatives considered. IX. Compliance Chart DISCLOSURE OF COVERED AGREEMENTS TO THE PUBLIC NGEP Insured Depository Institution or affiliate Which agreements must be disclosed to the public? When does my duty to disclose a covered agreement to the public begin? What event triggers my obligation to disclose a covered agreement to a member of the public? How do I disclose a covered agreement to the public? Covered agreements entered into after 11/12/99 ........... Covered agreements entered into after 11/12/99. 4/1/01 .............................................................................. 4/1/01. An individual or entity must request you to make a covered agreement available. An individual or entity must request you to make a covered agreement available. You must promptly make a copy of the covered agreement available. You may withhold information that is confidential and proprietary under FOIA standards. However, you must disclose certain enumerated items of information identified at § .6(b)(3). When does my duty to disclose a covered agreement to the public end? Twelve months after the end of the term of the agreement. However, if your agreement terminated before 4/1/01, your obligation to disclose terminates 4/1/02. You must promptly make a copy of the covered agreement available. You may withhold information that is confidential and proprietary under FOIA standards. However, you must disclose certain enumerated items of information identified at § .6(b)(3). An IDI or affiliate may make an agreement available by placing a copy of the covered agreement in the IDI’s CRA public file. The IDI must make the agreement available in accordance with the CRA rule on public files. Twelve months after the end of the term of the agreement. However if your agreement terminated before 4/1/01, your obligation to disclose terminates 4/1/02. DISCLOSURE OF COVERED AGREEMENTS TO THE RELEVANT SUPERVISORY AGENCY (RSA) NGEP What agreements must be disclosed to the RSA?. When does my duty to disclose a covered agreement to the RSA begin?. When must I disclose a covered agreement to the RSA?. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 Insured Depository Institution or affiliate Covered agreements entered into after 11/12/99 ........... Covered agreements entered into after 11/12/99. 4/1/01 .............................................................................. 4/1/01. You must disclose your covered agreement to the RSA within 30 days after the RSA requests a copy of the agreement. You must disclose your covered agreement to the RSA within 60 days of the end of the calendar quarter in which the agreement is entered into. However, if your agreement terminated before 4/1/01, you must disclose your agreement to the RSA by 6/30/01. 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00033 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2084 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations DISCLOSURE OF COVERED AGREEMENTS TO THE RELEVANT SUPERVISORY AGENCY (RSA)—Continued NGEP Insured Depository Institution or affiliate How do I disclose a covered agreement to the RSA?. You must provide the RSA with a complete copy of the agreement. If you propose the withholding of any information that can be withheld from disclosure under FOIA, you must also provide a public version of the agreement that excludes such information and an explanation justifying the exclusion. The public version must include the information identified at § .6(b)(3). When does my duty to disclose a covered agreement to the RSA end?. Twelve months after the end of the term of the agreement. However, if your agreement terminated before 4/1/01, you must make the agreement available to the RSA until 4/l/02. You must provide the RSA with a complete copy of the agreement. If you propose the withholding of any information that can be withheld from disclosure under FOIA, you must also provide a public version of the agreement that excludes such information and an explanation justifying the exclusion. The public version must include the information identified at § .6(b)(3). Alternatively, you may provide a list of all covered agreements that you entered into during the calendar quarter, and include the information described at § .6(d)(1)(ii). If the RSA requests a copy of an agreement referenced in the list, you must provide a copy of the agreement and a public version (if applicable) within seven calendar days. If you file a list, your obligation to provide a copy of an agreement referenced in the list terminates thirty-six months after the end of the term of the agreement. ANNUAL REPORTS NGEP What agreements are subject to annual reporting requirements? What periods require an annual report? When must I file the annual report? May I file a consolidated annual report? What must I include in the annual report? Insured Depository Institution or Affiliate Covered agreements entered into on or after 5/12/00 ... Covered agreements entered into on or after 5/12/00. You must file a report for each fiscal year in which you receive or use funds or other resources under the covered agreement. Alternatively, you may file your report on a calendar year basis. For fiscal years that end on or after 1/1/01, you must file the report with each RSA within six months after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. Alternatively, you may, within this six month period, provide the report to an IDI or affiliate that is a party to the agreement. You must include written instructions requiring the IDI or affiliate to promptly forward the report to the RSA(s). For fiscal years that end between 5/12/00 and 12/31/ 00, you must file the report with each RSA (or with an IDI or affiliate that is party to the agreement) no later than 6/30/01. If you are a party to two or more covered agreements, you may file a single consolidated annual report concerning all the covered agreements. You must file a report for each fiscal year in which you have any reportable data concerning the covered agreement described in § .7(e)(1)(iii), (e)(1)(iv) or (e)(1)(vi). Alternatively, you may file your report on a calendar year basis. For fiscal years that end on or after 1/1/01, you must file the report with each RSA within six months after the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. If a NGEP has provided its report to you, you must also file that report with the RSA(s)on behalf of the NGEP within 30 days of receipt. You must include the information described at § .7(d). List of Subjects 12 CFR Part 346 12 CFR Part 35 Banks, Banking; Community development; and Reporting and recordkeeping. Community development, Credit, Freedom of information, Investments, National banks, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. 12 CFR Part 207 Banks, Banking, Community development, Federal Reserve System, Holding companies, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 For fiscal years that end between 5/12/00 and 12/31/ 00, you must file the report with each RSA no later than 6/30/01. If you are a party to two or more covered agreements, you may file a single consolidated annual report concerning all the covered agreements. If you and your affiliates are parties to the same covered agreement, you may file a single consolidated annual report relating to the agreement. You must include the information described at § .7(e). Office of the Comptroller of the Currency 12 CFR Chapter I Authority and Issuance 12 CFR Part 533 Administrative practice and procedure, Business and industry, Community development, Confidential business information, Credit, Freedom of information, Holding companies, Investments, Mortgages, Nonprofit organizations, Penalties, Reporting and recordkeeping requirements, Savings associations. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00034 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 For the reasons set out in the joint preamble, Title 12, Chapter I, of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended by adding a new part 35 to read as follows: E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations PART 35—DISCLOSURE AND REPORTING OF CRA-RELATED AGREEMENTS Sec. 35.1 35.2 35.3 35.4 35.5 Purpose and scope of this part. Definition of covered agreement. CRA communications. Fulfillment of the CRA. Related agreements considered a single agreement. 35.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. 35.7 Annual reports. 35.8 Release of information under FOIA. 35.9 Compliance provisions. 35.10 Transition provisions. 35.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1831y. § 35.1 Purpose and scope of this part. (a) General. This part implements section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). That section requires any nongovernmental entity or person, insured depository institution, or affiliate of an insured depository institution that enters into a covered agreement to— (1) Make the covered agreement available to the public and the appropriate Federal banking agency; and (2) File an annual report with the appropriate Federal banking agency concerning the covered agreement. (b) Scope of this part. The provisions of this part apply to national banks, subsidiaries of national banks, and nongovernmental entities or persons that enter into covered agreements with a national bank or a subsidiary of a national bank. (c) Relation to Community Reinvestment Act. This part does not affect in any way the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.), part 25 of this chapter (Community Reinvestment Act and Interstate Deposit Production Regulations) or the OCC’s interpretations or administration of that Act or regulation. (d) Examples.—(1) The examples in this part are not exclusive. Compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with this part. (2) Examples in a paragraph illustrate only the issue described in the paragraph and do not illustrate any other issues that may arise in this part. § 35.2 Definition of covered agreement. (a) General definition of covered agreement. A covered agreement is any contract, arrangement, or understanding that meets all of the following criteria— (1) The agreement is in writing. (2) The parties to the agreement include— VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 (i) One or more insured depository institutions or affiliates of an insured depository institution; and (ii) One or more nongovernmental entities or persons (referred to hereafter as NGEPs). (3) The agreement provides for the insured depository institution or any affiliate to— (i) Provide to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the agreement) cash payments, grants, or other consideration (except loans) that have an aggregate value of more than $10,000 in any calendar year; or (ii) Make to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the agreement) loans that have an aggregate principal amount of more than $50,000 in any calendar year. (4) The agreement is made pursuant to, or in connection with, the fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.) (CRA), as defined in § 35.4. (5) The agreement is with a NGEP that has had a CRA communication as described in § 35.3 prior to entering into the agreement. (b) Examples concerning written arrangements or understandings.—(1) Example 1. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more community development investments in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not reach an agreement concerning the community development investments the institution should make in the community, and the parties do not reach any mutual arrangement or understanding. Two weeks later, the institution unilaterally issues a press release announcing that it has established a general goal of making $100 million of community development grants in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods served by the insured depository institution over the next 5 years. The NGEP is not identified in the press release. The press release is not a written arrangement or understanding. (2) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to offer new loan programs in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and the insured depository institution reach a mutual arrangement or understanding that the institution will provide additional loans in the NGEP’s community. The institution tells the NGEP that it will issue a press release announcing the program. Later, the insured depository institution issues a press release announcing the loan program. The press release incorporates the key terms of the Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00035 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2085 understanding reached between the NGEP and the insured depository institution. The written press release reflects the mutual arrangement or understanding of the NGEP and the insured depository institution and is, therefore, a written arrangement or understanding. (3) Example 3. An NGEP sends a letter to an insured depository institution requesting that the institution provide a $15,000 grant to the NGEP. The insured depository institution responds in writing and agrees to provide the grant in connection with its annual grant program. The exchange of letters constitutes a written arrangement or understanding. (c) Loan agreements that are not covered agreements. A covered agreement does not include— (1) Any individual loan that is secured by real estate; or (2) Any specific contract or commitment for a loan or extension of credit to an individual, business, farm, or other entity, or group of such individuals or entities, if— (i) The funds are loaned at rates that are not substantially below market rates; and (ii) The loan application or other loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to use the borrowed funds to make a loan or extension of credit to one or more third parties. (d) Examples concerning loan agreements.—(1) Example 1. An insured depository institution provides an organization with a $1 million loan that is documented in writing and is secured by real estate owned or to-be-acquired by the organization. The agreement is an individual mortgage loan and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, regardless of the interest rate on the loan or whether the organization intends or is authorized to re-loan the funds to a third party. (2) Example 2. An insured depository institution commits to provide a $500,000 line of credit to a small business that is documented by a written agreement. The loan is made at rates that are within the range of rates offered by the institution to similarly situated small businesses in the market and the loan documentation does not indicate that the small business intends or is authorized to re-lend the borrowed funds. The agreement is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (3) Example 3. An insured depository institution offers small business loans that are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA). A small business obtains a $75,000 loan, E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2086 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations documented in writing, from the institution under the institution’s SBA loan program. The loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to re-lend the funds. Although the rate charged on the loan is well below that charged by the institution on commercial loans, the rate is within the range of rates that the institution would charge a similarly situated small business for a similar loan under the SBA loan program. Accordingly, the loan is not made at substantially below market rates and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (4) Example 4. A bank holding company enters into a written agreement with a community development organization that provides that insured depository institutions owned by the bank holding company will make $250 million in small business loans in the community over the next 5 years. The written agreement is not a specific contract or commitment for a loan or an extension of credit and, thus, is not exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Each small business loan made by the insured depository institution pursuant to this general commitment would, however, be exempt from coverage if the loan is made at rates that are not substantially below market rates and the loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intended or was authorized to re-lend the funds. (e) Agreements that include exempt loan agreements. If an agreement includes a loan, extension of credit or loan commitment that, if documented separately, would be exempt under paragraph (c) of this section, the exempt loan, extension of credit or loan commitment may be excluded for purposes of determining whether the agreement is a covered agreement. (f) Determining annual value of agreements that lack schedule of disbursements. For purposes of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a multiyear agreement that does not include a schedule for the disbursement of payments, grants, loans or other consideration by the insured depository institution or affiliate, is considered to have a value in the first year of the agreement equal to all payments, grants, loans and other consideration to be provided at any time under the agreement. § 35.3 CRA communications. (a) Definition of CRA communication. A CRA communication is any of the following— (1) Any written or oral comment or testimony provided to a Federal banking VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (2) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that discusses the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the institution and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file. (3) Any discussion or other contact with the insured depository institution or any affiliate about— (i) Providing (or refraining from providing) written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate; (ii) Providing (or refraining from providing) written comments to the insured depository institution that concern the adequacy of the institution’s performance under the CRA and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file; or (iii) The adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (b) Discussions or contacts that are not CRA communications—(1) Timing of contacts with a Federal banking agency. An oral or written communication with a Federal banking agency is not a CRA communication if it occurred more than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement. (2) Timing of contacts with insured depository institutions and affiliates. A communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate is not a CRA communication if the communication occurred— (i) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any written communication; (ii) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any oral communication in which the NGEP discusses providing (or refraining from providing) comments or testimony to a Federal banking agency or written comments that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file in connection with a request to, or agreement by, the institution or affiliate to take (or refrain from taking) any action that is in fulfillment of the CRA; or (iii) More than 1 year before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any other oral communication not described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii). Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00036 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 (3) Knowledge of communication by insured depository institution or affiliate.—(i) A communication is only a CRA communication under paragraph (a) of this section if the insured depository institution or its affiliate has knowledge of the communication under this paragraph (b)(3)(ii) or (b)(3)(iii) of this section. (ii) Communication with insured depository institution or affiliate. An insured depository institution or affiliate has knowledge of a communication by the NGEP to the institution or its affiliate under this paragraph only if one of the following representatives of the insured depository institution or any affiliate has knowledge of the communication— (A) An employee who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the NGEP; or (B) An employee designated with responsibility for compliance with the CRA or executive officer if the employee or executive officer knows that the institution or affiliate is negotiating, intends to negotiate, or has been informed by the NGEP that it expects to request that the institution or affiliate negotiate an agreement with the NGEP. (iii) Other communications. An insured depository institution or affiliate is deemed to have knowledge of— (A) Any testimony provided to a Federal banking agency at a public meeting or hearing; (B) Any comment submitted to a Federal banking agency that is conveyed in writing by the agency to the insured depository institution or affiliate; and (C) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that must be and is included in the institution’s CRA public file. (4) Communication where NGEP has knowledge. A NGEP has a CRA communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate only if any of the following individuals has knowledge of the communication— (i) A director, employee, or member of the NGEP who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; (ii) A person who functions as an executive officer of the NGEP and who knows that the NGEP is negotiating or intends to negotiate an agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; or (iii) Where the NGEP is an individual, the NGEP. (c) Examples of CRA communications.—(1) Examples of actions that are CRA communications. The following are examples of CRA E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations communications. These examples are not exclusive and assume that the communication occurs within the relevant time period as described in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section and the appropriate representatives have knowledge of the communication as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. (i) Example 1. A NGEP files a written comment with a Federal banking agency that states than an insured depository institution successfully addresses the credit needs of its community. The written comment is in response to a general request from the agency for comments on an application of the insured depository institution to open a new branch and a copy of the comment is provided to the institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution must improve its CRA performance. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more mortgage loans in low- and moderateincome neighborhoods in its community. (iv) Example 4. A bank holding company files an application with a Federal banking agency to acquire an insured depository institution. Two weeks later, the NGEP meets with an executive officer of the bank holding company to discuss the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the target insured depository institution. The insured depository institution was an affiliate of the bank holding company at the time the NGEP met with the target institution. (See § 35.11(a).) Accordingly, the NGEP had a CRA communication with an affiliate of the bank holding company. (2) Examples of actions that are not CRA communications. The following are examples of actions that are not by themselves CRA communications. These examples are not exclusive. (i) Example 1. A NGEP provides to a Federal banking agency comments or testimony concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate in response to a direct request by the agency for comments or testimony from that NGEP. Direct requests for comments or testimony do not include a general invitation by a Federal banking agency for comments or testimony from the public in connection with a CRA performance evaluation of, or application for a deposit facility (as defined in section 803 of the CRA (12 U.S.C. 2902(3)) by, an insured depository institution or an application VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 by a company to acquire an insured depository institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP makes a statement concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate at a widely attended conference or seminar regarding a general topic. A public or private meeting, public hearing, or other meeting regarding one or more specific institutions, affiliates or transactions involving an application for a deposit facility is not considered a widely attended conference or seminar. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP, such as a civil rights group, community group providing housing and other services in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, veterans organization, community theater group, or youth organization, sends a fundraising letter to insured depository institutions and to other businesses in its community. The letter encourages all businesses in the community to meet their obligation to assist in making the local community a better place to live and work by supporting the fundraising efforts of the NGEP. (iv) Example 4. A NGEP discusses with an insured depository institution or affiliate whether particular loans, services, investments, community development activities, or other activities are generally eligible for consideration by a Federal banking agency under the CRA. The NGEP and insured depository institution or affiliate do not discuss the adequacy of the CRA performance of the insured depository institution or affiliate. (v) Example 5. A NGEP engaged in the sale or purchase of loans in the secondary market sends a general offering circular to financial institutions offering to sell or purchase a portfolio of loans. An insured depository institution that receives the offering circular discusses with the NGEP the types of loans included in the loan pool, whether such loans are generally eligible for consideration under the CRA, and which loans are made to borrowers in the institution’s local community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not discuss the adequacy of the institution’s CRA performance. (d) Multiparty covered agreements.— (1) A NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple NGEPs is not required to comply with the requirements of this part if— (i) The NGEP has not had a CRA communication; and (ii) No representative of the NGEP identified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that another NGEP that is a Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00037 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2087 party to the agreement has had a CRA communication. (2) An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple insured depository institutions or affiliates is not required to comply with the disclosure and annual reporting requirements in §§ 35.6 and 35.7 if— (i) No NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning the insured depository institution or any affiliate; and (ii) No representative of the insured depository institution or any affiliate identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that an NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning any other insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement. § 35.4 Fulfillment of the CRA. (a) List of factors that are in fulfillment of the CRA. Fulfillment of the CRA, for purposes of this part, means the following list of factors— (1) Comments to a Federal banking agency or included in CRA public file. Providing or refraining from providing written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the performance under the CRA of an insured depository institution or CRA affiliate that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement or written comments that are required to be included in the CRA public file of any such insured depository institution; or (2) Activities given favorable CRA consideration. Performing any of the following activities if the activity is of the type that is likely to receive favorable consideration by a Federal banking agency in evaluating the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement— (i) Home-purchase, homeimprovement, small business, small farm, community development, and consumer lending, as described in § 25.22 (12 CFR 25.22), including loan purchases, loan commitments, and letters of credit; (ii) Making investments, deposits, or grants, or acquiring membership shares, that have as their primary purpose community development, as described in § 25.23 (12 CFR 25.23); (iii) Delivering retail banking services, as described in § 25.24(d) (12 CFR 25.24(d)); E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2088 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (iv) Providing community development services, as described in § 25.24(e) (12 CFR 25.24(e)); (v) In the case of a wholesale or limited-purpose insured depository institution, community development lending, including originating and purchasing loans and making loan commitments and letters of credit, making qualified investments, or providing community development services, as described in § 25.25(c) (12 CFR 25.25(c)); (vi) In the case of a small insured depository institution, any lending or other activity described in § 25.26(a) (12 CFR 25.26(a)); or (vii) In the case of an insured depository institution that is evaluated on the basis of a strategic plan, any element of the strategic plan, as described in § 25.27(f) (12 CFR 25.27(f)). (b) Agreements relating to activities of CRA affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that concerns any activity described in paragraph (a) of this section of a CRA affiliate must, prior to the time the agreement is entered into, notify each NGEP that is a party to the agreement that the agreement concerns a CRA affiliate. § 35.5 Related agreements considered a single agreement. The following rules must be applied in determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 35.2. (a) Agreements entered into by same parties. All written agreements to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement if the agreements— (1) Are entered into with the same NGEP; (2) Were entered into within the same 12-month period; and (3) Are each in fulfillment of the CRA. (b) Substantively related contracts. All written contracts to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement, without regard to whether the other parties to the contracts are the same or whether each such contract is in fulfillment of the CRA, if the contracts were negotiated in a coordinated fashion and a NGEP is a party to each contract. § 35.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into after November 12, 1999. (b) Disclosure of covered agreements to the public—(1) Disclosure required. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that enters into a covered agreement must promptly make a copy of the covered agreement available to any individual or entity upon request. (2) Nondisclosure of confidential and proprietary information permitted. In responding to a request for a covered agreement from any individual or entity under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate may withhold from public disclosure confidential or proprietary information that the party believes the relevant supervisory agency could withhold from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.) (FOIA). (3) Information that must be disclosed. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a party must disclose any of the following information that is contained in a covered agreement— (i) The names and addresses of the parties to the agreement; (ii) The amount of any payments, fees, loans, or other consideration to be made or provided by any party to the agreement; (iii) Any description of how the funds or other resources provided under the agreement are to be used; (iv) The term of the agreement (if the agreement establishes a term); and (v) Any other information that the relevant supervisory agency determines is not properly exempt from public disclosure. (4) Request for review of withheld information. Any individual or entity may request that the relevant supervisory agency review whether any information in a covered agreement withheld by a party must be disclosed. Any requests for agency review of withheld information must be filed, and will be processed in accordance with, the relevant supervisory agency’s rules concerning the availability of information (see subpart B of part 4 of the OCC’s rules regarding the availability of information under the Freedom of Information Act (12 CFR part 4, subpart B). (5) Duration of obligation. The obligation to disclose a covered agreement to the public terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the agreement. (6) Reasonable copy and mailing fees. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate may charge an individual or entity that requests a copy of a covered agreement a reasonable fee not to exceed the cost of copying and mailing the agreement. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00038 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 (7) Use of CRA public file by insured depository institution or affiliate. An insured depository institution and any affiliate of an insured depository institution may fulfill its obligation under this paragraph (b) by placing a copy of the covered agreement in the insured depository institution’s CRA public file if the institution makes the agreement available in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 25.43 (12 CFR 25.43); (c) Disclosure by NGEPs of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency.—(1) Each NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement must provide the following within 30 days of receiving a request from the relevant supervisory agency— (i) A complete copy of the agreement; and (ii) In the event the NGEP proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the agreement that excludes such information and an explanation justifying the exclusions. Any public version must include the information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. (2) The obligation of a NGEP to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the covered agreement. (d) Disclosure by insured depository institution or affiliate of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency.—(1) In general. Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, each insured depository institution and affiliate must provide each relevant supervisory agency with— (i)(A) A complete copy of each covered agreement entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter; and (B) In the event the institution or affiliate proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the agreement that excludes such information (other than any information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) and an explanation justifying the exclusions; or (ii) A list of all covered agreements entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter that contains— (A) The name and address of each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement; (B) The name and address of each NGEP that is a party to the agreement; E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (C) The date the agreement was entered into; (D) The estimated total value of all payments, fees, loans and other consideration to be provided by the institution or any affiliate of the institution under the agreement; and (E) The date the agreement terminates. (2) Prompt filing of covered agreements contained in list required.— (i) If an insured depository institution or affiliate files a list of the covered agreements entered into by the institution or affiliate pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the institution or affiliate must provide any relevant supervisory agency a complete copy and public version of any covered agreement referenced in the list within 7 calendar days of receiving a request from the agency for a copy of the agreement. (ii) The obligation of an insured depository institution or affiliate to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency under this paragraph (d)(2) terminates 36 months after the end of the term of the agreement. (3) Joint filings. In the event that 2 or more insured depository institutions or affiliates are parties to a covered agreement, the insured depository institution(s) and affiliate(s) may jointly file the documents required by this paragraph (d). Any joint filing must identify the insured depository institution(s) and affiliate(s) for whom the filings are being made. § 35.7 Annual reports. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into on or after May 12, 2000. (b) Annual report required. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement must file an annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning the disbursement, receipt, and uses of funds or other resources under the covered agreement. (c) Duration of reporting requirement—(1) NGEPs. A NGEP must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any fiscal year in which the NGEP receives or uses funds or other resources under the agreement. (2) Insured depository institutions and affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any fiscal year in which the institution or affiliate— (i) provides or receives any payments, fees, or loans under the covered agreement that must be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section; or VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 (ii) has data to report on loans, investments, and services provided by a party to the covered agreement under the covered agreement under paragraph (e)(1)(vi) of this section. (d) Annual reports filed by NGEP—(1) Contents of report. The annual report filed by a NGEP under this section must include the following— (i) The name and mailing address of the NGEP filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The amount of funds or resources received under the covered agreement during the fiscal year; and (iv) A detailed, itemized list of how any funds or resources received by the NGEP under the covered agreement were used during the fiscal year, including the total amount used for— (A) Compensation of officers, directors, and employees; (B) Administrative expenses; (C) Travel expenses; (D) Entertainment expenses; (E) Payment of consulting and professional fees; and (F) Other expenses and uses (specify expense or use). (2) More detailed reporting of uses of funds or resources permitted—(i) In general. If a NGEP allocated and used funds received under a covered agreement for a specific purpose, the NGEP may fulfill the requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section with respect to such funds by providing— (A) A brief description of each specific purpose for which the funds or other resources were used; and (B) The amount of funds or resources used during the fiscal year for each specific purpose. (ii) Specific purpose defined. A NGEP allocates and uses funds for a specific purpose if the NGEP receives and uses the funds for a purpose that is more specific and limited than the categories listed in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. (3) Use of other reports. The annual report filed by a NGEP may consist of or incorporate a report prepared for any other purpose, such as the Internal Revenue Service Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax on Form 990, or any other Internal Revenue Service form, state tax form, report to members or shareholders, audited or unaudited financial statements, audit report, or other report, so long as the annual report filed by the NGEP contains all of the information required by this paragraph (d). Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00039 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2089 (4) Consolidated reports permitted. A NGEP that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file with each relevant supervisory agency a single consolidated annual report covering all the covered agreements. Any consolidated report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (d). The information reported under paragraphs (d)(1)(iv) and (d)(2) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (5) Examples of annual report requirements for NGEPs—(i) Example 1. A NGEP receives an unrestricted grant of $15,000 under a covered agreement, includes the funds in its general operating budget and uses the funds during its fiscal year. The NGEP’s annual report for the fiscal year must provide the name and mailing address of the NGEP, information sufficient to identify the covered agreement, and state that the NGEP received $15,000 during the fiscal year. The report must also indicate the total expenditures made by the NGEP during the fiscal year for compensation, administrative expenses, travel expenses, entertainment expenses, consulting and professional fees, and other expenses and uses. The NGEP’s annual report may provide this information by submitting an Internal Revenue Service Form 990 that includes the required information. If the Internal Revenue Service Form does not include information for all of the required categories listed in this part, the NGEP must report the total expenditures in the remaining categories either by providing that information directly or by providing another form or report that includes the required information. (ii) Example 2. An organization receives $15,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement and allocates and uses the $15,000 during the fiscal year to purchase computer equipment to support its functions. The organization’s annual report must include the name and address of the organization, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the organization received $15,000 during the year. In addition, since the organization allocated and used the funds for a specific purpose that is more narrow and limited than the categories of expenses included in the detailed, itemized list of expenses, the organization would have the option of providing either the total amount it used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, or a statement that it used the $15,000 to purchase E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2090 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations computer equipment and a brief description of the equipment purchased. (iii) Example 3. A community group receives $50,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement. During its fiscal year, the community group specifically allocates and uses $5,000 of the funds to pay for a particular business trip and uses the remaining $45,000 for general operating expenses. The group’s annual report for the fiscal year must include the name and address of the group, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the group received $50,000. Because the group did not allocate and use all of the funds for a specific purpose, the group’s annual report must provide the total amount of funds it used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. The group’s annual report also could state that it used $5,000 for a particular business trip and include a brief description of the trip. (iv) Example 4. A community development organization is a party to two separate covered agreements with two unaffiliated insured depository institutions. Under each agreement, the organization receives $15,000 during its fiscal year and uses the funds to support its activities during that year. If the organization elects to file a consolidated annual report, the consolidated report must identify the organization and the two covered agreements, state that the organization received $15,000 during the fiscal year under each agreement, and provide the total amount that the organization used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. (e) Annual report filed by insured depository institution or affiliate—(1) General. The annual report filed by an insured depository institution or affiliate must include the following— (i) The name and principal place of business of the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans provided by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement to any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (iv) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans received by VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement from any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (v) A general description of the terms and conditions of any payments, fees, or loans reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section, or, in the event such terms and conditions are set forth— (A) In the covered agreement, a statement identifying the covered agreement and the date the agreement (or a list identifying the agreement) was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; or (B) In a previous annual report filed by the insured depository institution or affiliate, a statement identifying the date the report was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; and (vi) The aggregate amount and number of loans, aggregate amount and number of investments, and aggregate amount of services provided under the covered agreement to any individual or entity not a party to the agreement— (A) By the insured depository institution or affiliate during its fiscal year; and (B) By any other party to the agreement, unless such information is not known to the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report or such information is or will be contained in the annual report filed by another party under this section. (2) Consolidated reports permitted.— (i) Party to multiple agreements. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file a single consolidated annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning all the covered agreements. (ii) Affiliated entities party to the same agreement. An insured depository institution and its affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement may file a single consolidated annual report relating to the agreement with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement. (iii) Content of report. Any consolidated annual report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (e). The amounts and data required to be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iv) and (vi) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (f) Time and place of filing.—(1) General. Each party must file its annual report with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement no later than six months following the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. (2) Alternative method of fulfilling annual reporting requirement for a Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00040 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 NGEP.—(i) A NGEP may fulfill the filing requirements of this section by providing the following materials to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement no later than six months following the end of the NGEP’s fiscal year— (A) A copy of the NGEP’s annual report required under paragraph (d) of this section for the fiscal year; and (B) Written instructions that the insured depository institution or affiliate promptly forward the annual report to the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP. (ii) An insured depository institution or affiliate that receives an annual report from a NGEP pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section must file the report with the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP within 30 days. § 35.8 Release of information under FOIA. The OCC will make covered agreements and annual reports available to the public in accordance with the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.) and the OCC’s rules regarding the availability of information under the Freedom of Information Act (12 CFR part 4, subpart B). A party to a covered agreement may request confidential treatment of proprietary and confidential information in a covered agreement or an annual report under those procedures. § 35.9 Compliance provisions. (a) Willful failure to comply with disclosure and reporting obligations.— (1) If the OCC determines that a NGEP has willfully failed to comply in a material way with §§ 35.6 or 35.7, the OCC will notify the NGEP in writing of that determination and provide the NGEP a period of 90 days (or such longer period as the OCC finds to be reasonable under the circumstances) to comply. (2) If the NGEP does not comply within the time period established by the OCC, the agreement shall thereafter be unenforceable by that NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). (3) The OCC may assist any insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that is unenforceable by a NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y) in identifying a successor to assume the NGEP’s responsibilities under the agreement. (b) Diversion of funds. If a court or other body of competent jurisdiction E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations determines that funds or resources received under a covered agreement have been diverted contrary to the purposes of the covered agreement for an individual’s personal financial gain, the OCC may take either or both of the following actions— (1) Order the individual to disgorge the diverted funds or resources received under the agreement; (2) Prohibit the individual from being a party to any covered agreement for a period not to exceed 10 years. (c) Notice and opportunity to respond. Before making a determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or taking any action under paragraph (b) of this section, the OCC will provide written notice and an opportunity to present information to the OCC concerning any relevant facts or circumstances relating to the matter. (d) Inadvertent or de minimis errors. Inadvertent or de minimis errors in annual reports or other documents filed with the OCC under §§ 35.6 or 35.7 will not subject the reporting party to any penalty. (e) Enforcement of provisions in covered agreements. No provision of this part shall be construed as authorizing the OCC to enforce the provisions of any covered agreement. § 35.10 Transition provisions. (a) Disclosure of covered agreements entered into before the effective date of this part. The following disclosure requirements apply to covered agreements that were entered into after November 12, 1999, and that terminated before April 1, 2001. (1) Disclosure to the public. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the public under § 35.6 until at least April 1, 2002. (2) Disclosure to the relevant supervisory agency.—(i) Each NGEP that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency under § 35.6 until at least April 1, 2002. (ii) Each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must, by June 30, 2001, provide each relevant supervisory agency either— (A) A copy of the agreement under § 35.6(d)(1)(i); or (B) The information described in § 35.6(d)(1)(ii) for each agreement. (b) Filing of annual reports that relate to fiscal years ending on or before December 31, 2000. In the event that a NGEP, insured depository institution or affiliate has any information to report under § 35.7 for a fiscal year that ends VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 on or before December 31, 2000, and that concerns a covered agreement entered into between May 12, 2000, and December 31, 2000, the annual report for that fiscal year must be provided no later than June 30, 2001, to— (1) Each relevant supervisory agency; or (2) In the case of a NGEP, to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement in accordance with § 35.7(f)(2). § 35.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. (a) Affiliate. ‘‘Affiliate’’ means— (1) Any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company; and (2) For the purpose of determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 35.2, an ‘‘affiliate’’ includes any company that would be under common control or merged with another company on consummation of any transaction pending before a Federal banking agency at the time— (i) The parties enter into the agreement; and (ii) The NGEP that is a party to the agreement makes a CRA communication, as described in § 35.3. (b) Control. ‘‘Control’’ is defined in section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)). (c) CRA affiliate. A ‘‘CRA affiliate’’ of an insured depository institution is any company that is an affiliate of an insured depository institution to the extent, and only to the extent, that the activities of the affiliate were considered by the appropriate Federal banking agency when evaluating the CRA performance of the institution at its most recent CRA examination prior to the agreement. An insured depository institution or affiliate also may designate any company as a CRA affiliate at any time prior to the time a covered agreement is entered into by informing the NGEP that is a party to the agreement of such designation. (d) CRA public file. ‘‘CRA public file’’ means the public file maintained by an insured depository institution and described in § 25.43 (12 CFR 25.43). (e) Executive officer. The term ‘‘executive officer’’ has the same meaning as in § 215.2(e)(1) of Regulation O issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (12 CFR 215.2(e)(1)). (f) Federal banking agency; appropriate Federal banking agency. The terms ‘‘Federal banking agency’’ and ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’ have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00041 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2091 (g) Fiscal year. (1) The fiscal year for a NGEP that does not have a fiscal year shall be the calendar year. (2) Any NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate that has a fiscal year may elect to have the calendar year be its fiscal year for purposes of this part. (h) Insured depository institution. ‘‘Insured depository institution’’ has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). (i) NGEP. ‘‘NGEP’’ means a nongovernmental entity or person. (j) Nongovernmental entity or person—(1) General. A ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person’’ is any partnership, association, trust, joint venture, joint stock company, corporation, limited liability corporation, company, firm, society, other organization, or individual. (2) Exclusions. A nongovernmental entity or person does not include— (i) The United States government, a state government, a unit of local government (including a county, city, town, township, parish, village, or other general-purpose subdivision of a state) or an Indian tribe or tribal organization established under Federal, state or Indian tribal law (including the Department of Hawaiian Home Lands), or a department, agency, or instrumentality of any such entity; (ii) A federally-chartered public corporation that receives Federal funds appropriated specifically for that corporation; (iii) An insured depository institution or affiliate of an insured depository institution; or (iv) An officer, director, employee, or representative (acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director, employee, or representative) of an entity listed in paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section. (k) Party. The term ‘‘party’’ with respect to a covered agreement means each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that entered into the agreement. (l) Relevant supervisory agency. The ‘‘relevant supervisory agency’’ for a covered agreement means the appropriate Federal banking agency for— (1) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement; (2) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) or CRA affiliate that makes payments or loans or provides services that are subject to the covered agreement; and (3) Any company (other than an insured depository institution or E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2092 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement. (m) Term of agreement. An agreement that does not have a fixed termination date is considered to terminate on the last date on which any party to the agreement makes any payment or provides any loan or other resources under the agreement, unless the relevant supervisory agency for the agreement otherwise notifies each party in writing. Dated: December 21, 2000. John D. Hawke, Jr., Comptroller of the Currency. Federal Reserve System 12 CFR Chapter II Authority and Issuance For the reasons set out in the joint preamble, Title 12, Chapter II, of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended by adding a new part 207 to read as follows: PART 207—DISCLOSURE AND REPORTING OF CRA-RELATED AGREEMENTS (REGULATION G) Sec. 207.1 Purpose and scope of this part. 207.2 Definition of covered agreement. 207.3 CRA communications. 207.4 Fulfillment of the CRA. 207.5 Related agreements considered a single agreement. 207.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. 207.7 Annual reports. 207.8 Release of information under FOIA. 207.9 Compliance provisions. 207.10 Transition provisions. 207.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1831y. § 207.1 Purpose and scope of this part. (a) General. This part implements section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). That section requires any nongovernmental entity or person, insured depository institution, or affiliate of an insured depository institution that enters into a covered agreement to— (1) Make the covered agreement available to the public and the appropriate Federal banking agency; and (2) File an annual report with the appropriate Federal banking agency concerning the covered agreement. (b) Scope of this part. The provisions of this part apply to— (1) State member banks and their subsidiaries; (2) Bank holding companies; (3) Affiliates of bank holding companies, other than banks, savings associations and subsidiaries of banks and savings associations; and VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 (4) Nongovernmental entities or persons that enter into covered agreements with any company listed in paragraph (b)(1) through (3) of this section. (c) Relation to Community Reinvestment Act. This part does not affect in any way the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.), the Board’s Regulation BB (12 CFR part 228), or the Board’s interpretations or administration of that Act or regulation. (d) Examples.—(1) The examples in this part are not exclusive. Compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with this part. (2) Examples in a paragraph illustrate only the issue described in the paragraph and do not illustrate any other issues that may arise in this part. § 207.2 Definition of covered agreement. (a) General definition of covered agreement. A covered agreement is any contract, arrangement, or understanding that meets all of the following criteria— (1) The agreement is in writing. (2) The parties to the agreement include— (i) One or more insured depository institutions or affiliates of an insured depository institution; and (ii) One or more nongovernmental entities or persons (referred to hereafter as NGEPs). (3) The agreement provides for the insured depository institution or any affiliate to— (i) Provide to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the agreement) cash payments, grants, or other consideration (except loans) that have an aggregate value of more than $10,000 in any calendar year; or (ii) Make to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the agreement) loans that have an aggregate principal amount of more than $50,000 in any calendar year. (4) The agreement is made pursuant to, or in connection with, the fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.) (CRA), as defined in § 207.4. (5) The agreement is with a NGEP that has had a CRA communication as described in § 207.3 prior to entering into the agreement. (b) Examples concerning written arrangements or understandings.—(1) Example 1. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more community development investments in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not reach an agreement concerning the Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00042 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 community development investments the institution should make in the community, and the parties do not reach any mutual arrangement or understanding. Two weeks later, the institution unilaterally issues a press release announcing that it has established a general goal of making $100 million of community development grants in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods served by the insured depository institution over the next 5 years. The NGEP is not identified in the press release. The press release is not a written arrangement or understanding. (2) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to offer new loan programs in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and the insured depository institution reach a mutual arrangement or understanding that the institution will provide additional loans in the NGEP’s community. The institution tells the NGEP that it will issue a press release announcing the program. Later, the insured depository institution issues a press release announcing the loan program. The press release incorporates the key terms of the understanding reached between the NGEP and the insured depository institution. The written press release reflects the mutual arrangement or understanding of the NGEP and the insured depository institution and is, therefore, a written arrangement or understanding. (3) Example 3. An NGEP sends a letter to an insured depository institution requesting that the institution provide a $15,000 grant to the NGEP. The insured depository institution responds in writing and agrees to provide the grant in connection with its annual grant program. The exchange of letters constitutes a written arrangement or understanding. (c) Loan agreements that are not covered agreements. A covered agreement does not include— (1) Any individual loan that is secured by real estate; or (2) Any specific contract or commitment for a loan or extension of credit to an individual, business, farm, or other entity, or group of such individuals or entities, if— (i) The funds are loaned at rates that are not substantially below market rates; and (ii) The loan application or other loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to use the borrowed funds to make a loan or extension of credit to one or more third parties. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (d) Examples concerning loan agreements.—(1) Example 1. An insured depository institution provides an organization with a $1 million loan that is documented in writing and is secured by real estate owned or to-be-acquired by the organization. The agreement is an individual mortgage loan and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, regardless of the interest rate on the loan or whether the organization intends or is authorized to re-loan the funds to a third party. (2) Example 2. An insured depository institution commits to provide a $500,000 line of credit to a small business that is documented by a written agreement. The loan is made at rates that are within the range of rates offered by the institution to similarly situated small businesses in the market and the loan documentation does not indicate that the small business intends or is authorized to re-lend the borrowed funds. The agreement is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (3) Example 3. An insured depository institution offers small business loans that are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA). A small business obtains a $75,000 loan, documented in writing, from the institution under the institution’s SBA loan program. The loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to re-lend the funds. Although the rate charged on the loan is well below that charged by the institution on commercial loans, the rate is within the range of rates that the institution would charge a similarly situated small business for a similar loan under the SBA loan program. Accordingly, the loan is not made at substantially below market rates and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (4) Example 4. A bank holding company enters into a written agreement with a community development organization that provides that insured depository institutions owned by the bank holding company will make $250 million in small business loans in the community over the next 5 years. The written agreement is not a specific contract or commitment for a loan or an extension of credit and, thus, is not exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Each small business loan made by the insured depository institution pursuant to this general commitment would, however, be exempt from coverage if the loan is made at rates that are not substantially below market rates and the loan documentation does not indicate that VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 the borrower intended or was authorized to re-lend the funds. (e) Agreements that include exempt loan agreements. If an agreement includes a loan, extension of credit or loan commitment that, if documented separately, would be exempt under paragraph (c) of this section, the exempt loan, extension of credit or loan commitment may be excluded for purposes of determining whether the agreement is a covered agreement. (f) Determining annual value of agreements that lack schedule of disbursements. For purposes of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a multiyear agreement that does not include a schedule for the disbursement of payments, grants, loans or other consideration by the insured depository institution or affiliate, is considered to have a value in the first year of the agreement equal to all payments, grants, loans and other consideration to be provided at any time under the agreement. § 207.3 CRA communications. (a) Definition of CRA communication. A CRA communication is any of the following— (1) Any written or oral comment or testimony provided to a Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (2) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that discusses the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the institution and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file. (3) Any discussion or other contact with the insured depository institution or any affiliate about— (i) Providing (or refraining from providing) written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate; (ii) Providing (or refraining from providing) written comments to the insured depository institution that concern the adequacy of the institution’s performance under the CRA and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file; or (iii) The adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (b) Discussions or contacts that are not CRA communications.—(1) Timing Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00043 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2093 of contacts with a Federal banking agency. An oral or written communication with a Federal banking agency is not a CRA communication if it occurred more than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement. (2) Timing of contacts with insured depository institutions and affiliates. A communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate is not a CRA communication if the communication occurred— (i) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any written communication; (ii) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any oral communication in which the NGEP discusses providing (or refraining from providing) comments or testimony to a Federal banking agency or written comments that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file in connection with a request to, or agreement by, the institution or affiliate to take (or refrain from taking) any action that is in fulfillment of the CRA; or (iii) More than 1 year before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any other oral communication not described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. (3) Knowledge of communication by insured depository institution or affiliate.—(i) A communication is only a CRA communication under paragraph (a) of this section if the insured depository institution or its affiliate has knowledge of the communication under this paragraph (b)(3)(ii) or (b)(3)(iii) of this section. (ii) Communication with insured depository institution or affiliate. An insured depository institution or affiliate has knowledge of a communication by the NGEP to the institution or its affiliate under this paragraph only if one of the following representatives of the insured depository institution or any affiliate has knowledge of the communication. (A) An employee who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the NGEP; or (B) An employee designated with responsibility for compliance with the CRA or executive officer if the employee or executive officer knows that the institution or affiliate is negotiating, intends to negotiate, or has been informed by the NGEP that it expects to request that the institution or affiliate negotiate an agreement with the NGEP. (iii) Other communications. An insured depository institution or affiliate is deemed to have knowledge of— E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2094 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (A) Any testimony provided to a Federal banking agency at a public meeting or hearing; (B) Any comment submitted to a Federal banking agency that is conveyed in writing by the agency to the insured depository institution or affiliate; and (C) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that must be and is included in the institution’s CRA public file. (4) Communication where NGEP has knowledge. A NGEP has a CRA communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate only if any of the following individuals has knowledge of the communication— (i) A director, employee, or member of the NGEP who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; (ii) A person who functions as an executive officer of the NGEP and who knows that the NGEP is negotiating or intends to negotiate an agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; or (iii) Where the NGEP is an individual, the NGEP. (c) Examples of CRA communications.—(1) Examples of actions that are CRA communications. The following are examples of CRA communications. These examples are not exclusive and assume that the communication occurs within the relevant time period as described in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section and the appropriate representatives have knowledge of the communication as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. (i) Example 1. A NGEP files a written comment with a Federal banking agency that states than an insured depository institution successfully addresses the credit needs of its community. The written comment is in response to a general request from the agency for comments on an application of the insured depository institution to open a new branch and a copy of the comment is provided to the institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution must improve its CRA performance. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more mortgage loans in low- and moderateincome neighborhoods in its community. (iv) Example 4. A bank holding company files an application with a Federal banking agency to acquire an VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 insured depository institution. Two weeks later, the NGEP meets with an executive officer of the bank holding company to discuss the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the target insured depository institution. The insured depository institution was an affiliate of the bank holding company at the time the NGEP met with the target institution. (See § 207.11(a).) Accordingly, the NGEP had a CRA communication with an affiliate of the bank holding company. (2) Examples of actions that are not CRA communications. The following are examples of actions that are not by themselves CRA communications. These examples are not exclusive. (i) Example 1. A NGEP provides to a Federal banking agency comments or testimony concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate in response to a direct request by the agency for comments or testimony from that NGEP. Direct requests for comments or testimony do not include a general invitation by a Federal banking agency for comments or testimony from the public in connection with a CRA performance evaluation of, or application for a deposit facility (as defined in section 803 of the CRA (12 U.S.C. 2902(3)) by, an insured depository institution or an application by a company to acquire an insured depository institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP makes a statement concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate at a widely attended conference or seminar regarding a general topic. A public or private meeting, public hearing, or other meeting regarding one or more specific institutions, affiliates or transactions involving an application for a deposit facility is not considered a widely attended conference or seminar. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP, such as a civil rights group, community group providing housing and other services in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, veterans organization, community theater group, or youth organization, sends a fundraising letter to insured depository institutions and to other businesses in its community. The letter encourages all businesses in the community to meet their obligation to assist in making the local community a better place to live and work by supporting the fundraising efforts of the NGEP. (iv) Example 4. A NGEP discusses with an insured depository institution or affiliate whether particular loans, services, investments, community development activities, or other activities are generally eligible for consideration by a Federal banking Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00044 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 agency under the CRA. The NGEP and insured depository institution or affiliate do not discuss the adequacy of the CRA performance of the insured depository institution or affiliate. (v) Example 5. A NGEP engaged in the sale or purchase of loans in the secondary market sends a general offering circular to financial institutions offering to sell or purchase a portfolio of loans. An insured depository institution that receives the offering circular discusses with the NGEP the types of loans included in the loan pool, whether such loans are generally eligible for consideration under the CRA, and which loans are made to borrowers in the institution’s local community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not discuss the adequacy of the institution’s CRA performance. (d) Multiparty covered agreements.— (1) A NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple NGEPs is not required to comply with the requirements of this part if— (i) The NGEP has not had a CRA communication; and (ii) No representative of the NGEP identified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that another NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication. (2) An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple insured depository institutions or affiliates is not required to comply with the disclosure and annual reporting requirements in §§ 207.6 and 207.7 if— (i) No NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning the insured depository institution or any affiliate; and (ii) No representative of the insured depository institution or any affiliate identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that an NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning any other insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement. § 207.4 Fulfillment of the CRA. (a) List of factors that are in fulfillment of the CRA. Fulfillment of the CRA, for purposes of this part, means the following list of factors— (1) Comments to a Federal banking agency or included in CRA public file. Providing or refraining from providing written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the performance under the CRA of an insured depository E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations institution or CRA affiliate that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement or written comments that are required to be included in the CRA public file of any such insured depository institution; or (2) Activities given favorable CRA consideration. Performing any of the following activities if the activity is of the type that is likely to receive favorable consideration by a Federal banking agency in evaluating the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement— (i) Home-purchase, homeimprovement, small business, small farm, community development, and consumer lending, as described in § 228.22 of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.22), including loan purchases, loan commitments, and letters of credit; (ii) Making investments, deposits, or grants, or acquiring membership shares, that have as their primary purpose community development, as described in § 228.23 of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.23); (iii) Delivering retail banking services, as described in § 228.24(d) of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.24(d)); (iv) Providing community development services, as described in § 228.24(e) of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.24(e)); (v) In the case of a wholesale or limited-purpose insured depository institution, community development lending, including originating and purchasing loans and making loan commitments and letters of credit, making qualified investments, or providing community development services, as described in § 228.25(c) of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.25(c)); (vi) In the case of a small insured depository institution, any lending or other activity described in § 228.26(a) of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.26(a)); or (vii) In the case of an insured depository institution that is evaluated on the basis of a strategic plan, any element of the strategic plan, as described in § 228.27(f) of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.27(f)). (b) Agreements relating to activities of CRA affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that concerns any activity described in paragraph (a) of this section of a CRA affiliate must, prior to the time the agreement is entered into, notify each NGEP that is a party to the agreement that the agreement concerns a CRA affiliate. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 § 207.5 Related agreements considered a single agreement. The following rules must be applied in determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 207.2. (a) Agreements entered into by same parties. All written agreements to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement if the agreements— (1) Are entered into with the same NGEP; (2) Were entered into within the same 12-month period; and (3) Are each in fulfillment of the CRA. (b) Substantively related contracts. All written contracts to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement, without regard to whether the other parties to the contracts are the same or whether each such contract is in fulfillment of the CRA, if the contracts were negotiated in a coordinated fashion and a NGEP is a party to each contract. § 207.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into after November 12, 1999. (b) Disclosure of covered agreements to the public—(1) Disclosure required. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that enters into a covered agreement must promptly make a copy of the covered agreement available to any individual or entity upon request. (2) Nondisclosure of confidential and proprietary information permitted. In responding to a request for a covered agreement from any individual or entity under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate may withhold from public disclosure confidential or proprietary information that the party believes the relevant supervisory agency could withhold from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.) (FOIA). (3) Information that must be disclosed. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a party must disclose any of the following information that is contained in a covered agreement— (i) The names and addresses of the parties to the agreement; (ii) The amount of any payments, fees, loans, or other consideration to be made or provided by any party to the agreement; (iii) Any description of how the funds or other resources provided under the agreement are to be used; Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00045 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2095 (iv) The term of the agreement (if the agreement establishes a term); and (v) Any other information that the relevant supervisory agency determines is not properly exempt from public disclosure. (4) Request for review of withheld information. Any individual or entity may request that the relevant supervisory agency review whether any information in a covered agreement withheld by a party must be disclosed. Any requests for agency review of withheld information must be filed, and will be processed in accordance with, the relevant supervisory agency’s rules concerning the availability of information (see § 261.12 of the Board’s Rules Regarding the Availability of Information (12 CFR 261.12)). (5) Duration of obligation. The obligation to disclose a covered agreement to the public terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the agreement. (6) Reasonable copy and mailing fees. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate may charge an individual or entity that requests a copy of a covered agreement a reasonable fee not to exceed the cost of copying and mailing the agreement. (7) Use of CRA public file by insured depository institution or affiliate. An insured depository institution and any affiliate of an insured depository institution may fulfill its obligation under this paragraph (b) by placing a copy of the covered agreement in the insured depository institution’s CRA public file if the institution makes the agreement available in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 228.43 of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.43). (c) Disclosure by NGEPs of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency. (1) Each NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement must provide the following within 30 days of receiving a request from the relevant supervisory agency— (i) A complete copy of the agreement; and (ii) In the event the NGEP proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the agreement that excludes such information and an explanation justifying the exclusions. Any public version must include the information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. (2) The obligation of a NGEP to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the covered agreement. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2096 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (d) Disclosure by insured depository institution or affiliate of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency—(1) In general. Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, each insured depository institution and affiliate must provide each relevant supervisory agency with— (i)(A) A complete copy of each covered agreement entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter; and (B) In the event the institution or affiliate proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the agreement that excludes such information (other than any information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) and an explanation justifying the exclusions; or (ii) A list of all covered agreements entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter that contains— (A) The name and address of each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement; (B) The name and address of each NGEP that is a party to the agreement; (C) The date the agreement was entered into; (D) The estimated total value of all payments, fees, loans and other consideration to be provided by the institution or any affiliate of the institution under the agreement; and (E) The date the agreement terminates. (2) Prompt filing of covered agreements contained in list required. (i) If an insured depository institution or affiliate files a list of the covered agreements entered into by the institution or affiliate pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the institution or affiliate must provide any relevant supervisory agency a complete copy and public version of any covered agreement referenced in the list within 7 calendar days of receiving a request from the agency for a copy of the agreement. (ii) The obligation of an insured depository institution or affiliate to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency under this paragraph (d)(2) terminates 36 months after the end of the term of the agreement. (3) Joint filings. In the event that 2 or more insured depository institutions or affiliates are parties to a covered agreement, the insured depository institution(s) and affiliate(s) may jointly file the documents required by this paragraph (d). Any joint filing must identify the insured depository VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 institution(s) and affiliate(s) for whom the filings are being made. § 207.7 Annual reports. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into on or after May 12, 2000. (b) Annual report required. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement must file an annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning the disbursement, receipt, and uses of funds or other resources under the covered agreement. (c) Duration of reporting requirement—(1) NGEPs. A NGEP must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any fiscal year in which the NGEP receives or uses funds or other resources under the agreement. (2) Insured depository institutions and affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any fiscal year in which the institution or affiliate— (i) provides or receives any payments, fees, or loans under the covered agreement that must be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section; or (ii) has data to report on loans, investments, and services provided by a party to the covered agreement under the covered agreement under paragraph (e)(1)(vi) of this section. (d) Annual reports filed by NGEP.— (1) Contents of report. The annual report filed by a NGEP under this section must include the following— (i) The name and mailing address of the NGEP filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The amount of funds or resources received under the covered agreement during the fiscal year; and (iv) A detailed, itemized list of how any funds or resources received by the NGEP under the covered agreement were used during the fiscal year, including the total amount used for— (A) Compensation of officers, directors, and employees; (B) Administrative expenses; (C) Travel expenses; (D) Entertainment expenses; (E) Payment of consulting and professional fees; and (F) Other expenses and uses (specify expense or use). (2) More detailed reporting of uses of funds or resources permitted—(i) In Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00046 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 general. If a NGEP allocated and used funds received under a covered agreement for a specific purpose, the NGEP may fulfill the requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section with respect to such funds by providing— (A) A brief description of each specific purpose for which the funds or other resources were used; and (B) The amount of funds or resources used during the fiscal year for each specific purpose. (ii) Specific purpose defined. A NGEP allocates and uses funds for a specific purpose if the NGEP receives and uses the funds for a purpose that is more specific and limited than the categories listed in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. (3) Use of other reports. The annual report filed by a NGEP may consist of or incorporate a report prepared for any other purpose, such as the Internal Revenue Service Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax on Form 990, or any other Internal Revenue Service form, state tax form, report to members or shareholders, audited or unaudited financial statements, audit report, or other report, so long as the annual report filed by the NGEP contains all of the information required by this paragraph (d). (4) Consolidated reports permitted. A NGEP that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file with each relevant supervisory agency a single consolidated annual report covering all the covered agreements. Any consolidated report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (d). The information reported under paragraphs (d)(1)(iv) and (d)(2) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (5) Examples of annual report requirements for NGEPs—(i) Example 1. A NGEP receives an unrestricted grant of $15,000 under a covered agreement, includes the funds in its general operating budget and uses the funds during its fiscal year. The NGEP’s annual report for the fiscal year must provide the name and mailing address of the NGEP, information sufficient to identify the covered agreement, and state that the NGEP received $15,000 during the fiscal year. The report must also indicate the total expenditures made by the NGEP during the fiscal year for compensation, administrative expenses, travel expenses, entertainment expenses, consulting and professional fees, and other expenses and uses. The NGEP’s annual report may provide this information by submitting an Internal Revenue Service Form 990 that includes the required information. If the Internal Revenue E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations Service Form does not include information for all of the required categories listed in this part, the NGEP must report the total expenditures in the remaining categories either by providing that information directly or by providing another form or report that includes the required information. (ii) Example 2. An organization receives $15,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement and allocates and uses the $15,000 during the fiscal year to purchase computer equipment to support its functions. The organization’s annual report must include the name and address of the organization, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the organization received $15,000 during the year. In addition, since the organization allocated and used the funds for a specific purpose that is more narrow and limited than the categories of expenses included in the detailed, itemized list of expenses, the organization would have the option of providing either the total amount it used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, or a statement that it used the $15,000 to purchase computer equipment and a brief description of the equipment purchased. (iii) Example 3. A community group receives $50,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement. During its fiscal year, the community group specifically allocates and uses $5,000 of the funds to pay for a particular business trip and uses the remaining $45,000 for general operating expenses. The group’s annual report for the fiscal year must include the name and address of the group, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the group received $50,000. Because the group did not allocate and use all of the funds for a specific purpose, the group’s annual report must provide the total amount of funds it used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. The group’s annual report also could state that it used $5,000 for a particular business trip and include a brief description of the trip. (iv) Example 4. A community development organization is a party to two separate covered agreements with two unaffiliated insured depository institutions. Under each agreement, the organization receives $15,000 during its fiscal year and uses the funds to support its activities during that year. If the organization elects to file a consolidated annual report, the consolidated report must identify the organization and the VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 two covered agreements, state that the organization received $15,000 during the fiscal year under each agreement, and provide the total amount that the organization used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. (e) Annual report filed by insured depository institution or affiliate—(1) General. The annual report filed by an insured depository institution or affiliate must include the following— (i) The name and principal place of business of the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans provided by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement to any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (iv) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans received by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement from any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (v) A general description of the terms and conditions of any payments, fees, or loans reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section, or, in the event such terms and conditions are set forth— (A) In the covered agreement, a statement identifying the covered agreement and the date the agreement (or a list identifying the agreement) was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; or (B) In a previous annual report filed by the insured depository institution or affiliate, a statement identifying the date the report was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; and (vi) The aggregate amount and number of loans, aggregate amount and number of investments, and aggregate amount of services provided under the covered agreement to any individual or entity not a party to the agreement— (A) By the insured depository institution or affiliate during its fiscal year; and (B) By any other party to the agreement, unless such information is not known to the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report or such information is or will be contained in the annual report filed by another party under this section. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00047 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2097 (2) Consolidated reports permitted— (i) Party to multiple agreements. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file a single consolidated annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning all the covered agreements. (ii) Affiliated entities party to the same agreement. An insured depository institution and its affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement may file a single consolidated annual report relating to the agreement with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement. (iii) Content of report. Any consolidated annual report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (e). The amounts and data required to be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iv) and (vi) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (f) Time and place of filing.—(1) General. Each party must file its annual report with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement no later than six months following the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. (2) Alternative method of fulfilling annual reporting requirement for a NGEP—(i) A NGEP may fulfill the filing requirements of this section by providing the following materials to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement no later than six months following the end of the NGEP’s fiscal year— (A) A copy of the NGEP’s annual report required under paragraph (d) of this section for the fiscal year; and (B) Written instructions that the insured depository institution or affiliate promptly forward the annual report to the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP. (ii) An insured depository institution or affiliate that receives an annual report from a NGEP pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section must file the report with the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP within 30 days. § 207.8 Release of information under FOIA. The Board will make covered agreements and annual reports available to the public in accordance with the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.) and the Board’s Rules Regarding the Availability of Information (12 CFR part 261). A party to a covered agreement may request confidential treatment of proprietary and confidential information in a covered agreement or an annual report under those procedures. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2098 § 207.9 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations Compliance provisions. (a) Willful failure to comply with disclosure and reporting obligations— (1) If the Board determines that a NGEP has willfully failed to comply in a material way with §§ 207.6 or 207.7, the Board will notify the NGEP in writing of that determination and provide the NGEP a period of 90 days (or such longer period as the Board finds to be reasonable under the circumstances) to comply. (2) If the NGEP does not comply within the time period established by the Board, the agreement shall thereafter be unenforceable by that NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). (3) The Board may assist any insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that is unenforceable by a NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y) in identifying a successor to assume the NGEP’s responsibilities under the agreement. (b) Diversion of funds. If a court or other body of competent jurisdiction determines that funds or resources received under a covered agreement have been diverted contrary to the purposes of the covered agreement for an individual’s personal financial gain, the Board may take either or both of the following actions— (1) Order the individual to disgorge the diverted funds or resources received under the agreement; (2) Prohibit the individual from being a party to any covered agreement for a period not to exceed 10 years. (c) Notice and opportunity to respond. Before making a determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or taking any action under paragraph (b) of this section, the Board will provide written notice and an opportunity to present information to the Board concerning any relevant facts or circumstances relating to the matter. (d) Inadvertent or de minimis errors. Inadvertent or de minimis errors in annual reports or other documents filed with the Board under §§ 207.6 or 207.7 will not subject the reporting party to any penalty. (e) Enforcement of provisions in covered agreements. No provision of this part shall be construed as authorizing the Board to enforce the provisions of any covered agreement. § 207.10 Transition provisions. (a) Disclosure of covered agreements entered into before the effective date of this part. The following disclosure requirements apply to covered VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 agreements that were entered into after November 12, 1999, and that terminated before April 1, 2001. (1) Disclosure to the public. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the public under § 207.6 until at least April 1, 2002. (2) Disclosure to the relevant supervisory agency—(i) Each NGEP that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency under § 207.6 until at least April 1, 2002. (ii) Each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must, by June 30, 2001, provide each relevant supervisory agency either— (A) A copy of the agreement under § 207.6(d)(1)(i); or (B) The information described in § 207.6(d)(1)(ii) for each agreement. (b) Filing of annual reports that relate to fiscal years ending on or before December 31, 2000. In the event that a NGEP, insured depository institution or affiliate has any information to report under § 207.7 for a fiscal year that ends on or before December 31, 2000, and that concerns a covered agreement entered into between May 12, 2000, and December 31, 2000, the annual report for that fiscal year must be provided no later than June 30, 2001, to— (1) Each relevant supervisory agency; or (2) In the case of a NGEP, to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement in accordance with § 207.7(f)(2). § 207.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. (a) Affiliate. ‘‘Affiliate’’ means— (1) Any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company; and (2) For the purpose of determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 207.2, an ‘‘affiliate’’ includes any company that would be under common control or merged with another company on consummation of any transaction pending before a Federal banking agency at the time— (i) The parties enter into the agreement; and (ii) The NGEP that is a party to the agreement makes a CRA communication, as described in § 207.3. (b) Control. ‘‘Control’’ is defined in section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)). (c) CRA affiliate. A ‘‘CRA affiliate’’ of an insured depository institution is any company that is an affiliate of an insured depository institution to the Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00048 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 extent, and only to the extent, that the activities of the affiliate were considered by the appropriate Federal banking agency when evaluating the CRA performance of the institution at its most recent CRA examination prior to the agreement. An insured depository institution or affiliate also may designate any company as a CRA affiliate at any time prior to the time a covered agreement is entered into by informing the NGEP that is a party to the agreement of such designation. (d) CRA public file. ‘‘CRA public file’’ means the public file maintained by an insured depository institution and described in § 228.43 of Regulation BB (12 CFR 228.43). (e) Executive officer. The term ‘‘executive officer’’ has the same meaning as in § 215.2(e)(1) of the Board’s Regulation O (12 CFR 215.2(e)(1)). (f) Federal banking agency; appropriate Federal banking agency. The terms ‘‘Federal banking agency’’ and ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’ have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). (g) Fiscal year. (1) The fiscal year for a NGEP that does not have a fiscal year shall be the calendar year. (2) Any NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate that has a fiscal year may elect to have the calendar year be its fiscal year for purposes of this part. (h) Insured depository institution. ‘‘Insured depository institution’’ has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). (i) NGEP. ‘‘NGEP’’ means a nongovernmental entity or person. (j) Nongovernmental entity or person—(1) General. A ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person’’ is any partnership, association, trust, joint venture, joint stock company, corporation, limited liability corporation, company, firm, society, other organization, or individual. (2) Exclusions. A nongovernmental entity or person does not include— (i) The United States government, a state government, a unit of local government (including a county, city, town, township, parish, village, or other general-purpose subdivision of a state) or an Indian tribe or tribal organization established under Federal, state or Indian tribal law (including the Department of Hawaiian Home Lands), or a department, agency, or instrumentality of any such entity; (ii) A federally-chartered public corporation that receives Federal funds E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations appropriated specifically for that corporation; (iii) An insured depository institution or affiliate of an insured depository institution; or (iv) An officer, director, employee, or representative (acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director, employee, or representative) of an entity listed in paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section. (k) Party. The term ‘‘party’’ with respect to a covered agreement means each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that entered into the agreement. (l) Relevant supervisory agency. The ‘‘relevant supervisory agency’’ for a covered agreement means the appropriate Federal banking agency for— (1) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement; (2) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) or CRA affiliate that makes payments or loans or provides services that are subject to the covered agreement; and (3) Any company (other than an insured depository institution or subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement. (m) Term of agreement. An agreement that does not have a fixed termination date is considered to terminate on the last date on which any party to the agreement makes any payment or provides any loan or other resources under the agreement, unless the relevant supervisory agency for the agreement otherwise notifies each party in writing. 346.8 Release of information under FOIA. 346.9 Compliance provisions. 346.10 Transition provisions. 346.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1831y. § 346.1 Purpose and scope of this part. Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 12 CFR Chapter III (a) General. This part implements section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). That section requires any nongovernmental entity or person, insured depository institution, or affiliate of an insured depository institution that enters into a covered agreement to— (1) Make the covered agreement available to the public and the appropriate Federal banking agency; and (2) File an annual report with the appropriate Federal banking agency concerning the covered agreement. (b) Scope of this part. The provisions of this part apply to— (1) State nonmember insured banks; (2) Subsidiaries of state nonmember insured banks; (3) Nongovernmental entities or persons that enter into covered agreements with any company listed in paragraph (b)(1) and (2) of this section. (c) Relation to Community Reinvestment Act. This part does not affect in any way the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.) or the FDIC’s Community Reinvestment regulation found at 12 CFR part 345, or the FDIC’s interpretations or administration of that Act or regulation. (d) Examples.—(1) The examples in this part are not exclusive. Compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with this part. (2) Examples in a paragraph illustrate only the issue described in the paragraph and do not illustrate any other issues that may arise in this part. Authority and Issuance § 346.2 By order of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, December 21, 2000. Jennifer J. Johnson, Secretary of the Board. For the reasons set out in the joint preamble, Title 12, Chapter III, of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended by adding a new part 346 to read as follows: PART 346—DISCLOSURE AND REPORTING OF CRA-RELATED AGREEMENTS Sec. 346.1 Purpose and scope of this part. 346.2 Definition of covered agreement. 346.3 CRA communications. 346.4 Fulfillment of the CRA. 346.5 Related agreements considered a single agreement. 346.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. 346.7 Annual reports. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Definition of covered agreement. (a) General definition of covered agreement. A covered agreement is any contract, arrangement, or understanding that meets all of the following criteria— (1) The agreement is in writing. (2) The parties to the agreement include— (i) One or more insured depository institutions or affiliates of an insured depository institution; and (ii) One or more nongovernmental entities or persons (referred to hereafter as NGEPs). (3) The agreement provides for the insured depository institution or any affiliate to— (i) Provide to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00049 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2099 agreement) cash payments, grants, or other consideration (except loans) that have an aggregate value of more than $10,000 in any calendar year; or (ii) Make to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the agreement) loans that have an aggregate principal amount of more than $50,000 in any calendar year. (4) The agreement is made pursuant to, or in connection with, the fulfillment of the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.) (CRA), as defined in § 346.4. (5) The agreement is with a NGEP that has had a CRA communication as described in § 346.3 prior to entering into the agreement. (b) Examples concerning written arrangements or understandings—(1) Example 1. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more community development investments in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not reach an agreement concerning the community development investments the institution should make in the community, and the parties do not reach any mutual arrangement or understanding. Two weeks later, the institution unilaterally issues a press release announcing that it has established a general goal of making $100 million of community development grants in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods served by the insured depository institution over the next 5 years. The NGEP is not identified in the press release. The press release is not a written arrangement or understanding. (2) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to offer new loan programs in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and the insured depository institution reach a mutual arrangement or understanding that the institution will provide additional loans in the NGEP’s community. The institution tells the NGEP that it will issue a press release announcing the program. Later, the insured depository institution issues a press release announcing the loan program. The press release incorporates the key terms of the understanding reached between the NGEP and the insured depository institution. The written press release reflects the mutual arrangement or understanding of the NGEP and the insured depository institution and is, therefore, a written arrangement or understanding. (3) Example 3. An NGEP sends a letter to an insured depository institution requesting that the institution provide a E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2100 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations $15,000 grant to the NGEP. The insured depository institution responds in writing and agrees to provide the grant in connection with its annual grant program. The exchange of letters constitutes a written arrangement or understanding. (c) Loan agreements that are not covered agreements. A covered agreement does not include— (1) Any individual loan that is secured by real estate; or (2) Any specific contract or commitment for a loan or extension of credit to an individual, business, farm, or other entity, or group of such individuals or entities if— (i) The funds are loaned at rates that are not substantially below market rates; and (ii) The loan application or other loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to use the borrowed funds to make a loan or extension of credit to one or more third parties. (d) Examples concerning loan agreements.—(1) Example 1. An insured depository institution provides an organization with a $1 million loan that is documented in writing and is secured by real estate owned or to-be-acquired by the organization. The agreement is an individual mortgage loan and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, regardless of the interest rate on the loan or whether the organization intends or is authorized to re-loan the funds to a third party. (2) Example 2. An insured depository institution commits to provide a $500,000 line of credit to a small business that is documented by a written agreement. The loan is made at rates that are within the range of rates offered by the institution to similarly situated small businesses in the market and the loan documentation does not indicate that the small business intends or is authorized to re-lend the borrowed funds. The agreement is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (3) Example 3. An insured depository institution offers small business loans that are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA). A small business obtains a $75,000 loan, documented in writing, from the institution under the institution’s SBA loan program. The loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to re-lend the funds. Although the rate charged on the loan is well below that charged by the institution on commercial loans, the rate is within the range of rates that the institution would charge a similarly situated small business for a similar VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 loan under the SBA loan program. Accordingly, the loan is not made at substantially below market rates and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (4) Example 4. A bank holding company enters into a written agreement with a community development organization that provides that insured depository institutions owned by the bank holding company will make $250 million in small business loans in the community over the next 5 years. The written agreement is not a specific contract or commitment for a loan or an extension of credit and, thus, is not exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Each small business loan made by the insured depository institution pursuant to this general commitment would, however, be exempt from coverage if the loan is made at rates that are not substantially below market rates and the loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intended or was authorized to re-lend the funds. (e) Agreements that include exempt loan agreements. If an agreement includes a loan, extension of credit or loan commitment that, if documented separately, would be exempt under paragraph (c) of this section, the exempt loan, extension of credit or loan commitment may be excluded for purposes of determining whether the agreement is a covered agreement. (f) Determining annual value of agreements that lack schedule of disbursements. For purposes of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a multiyear agreement that does not include a schedule for the disbursement of payments, grants, loans or other consideration by the insured depository institution or affiliate, is considered to have a value in the first year of the agreement equal to all payments, grants, loans and other consideration to be provided at any time under the agreement. § 346.3 CRA communications. (a) Definition of CRA communication. A CRA communication is any of the following— (1) Any written or oral comment or testimony provided to a Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (2) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that discusses the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the institution and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00050 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 (3) Any discussion or other contact with the insured depository institution or any affiliate about— (i) Providing (or refraining from providing) written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate; (ii) Providing (or refraining from providing) written comments to the insured depository institution that concern the adequacy of the institution’s performance under the CRA and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file; or (iii) The adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (b) Discussions or contacts that are not CRA communications—(1) Timing of contacts with a Federal banking agency. An oral or written communication with a Federal banking agency is not a CRA communication if it occurred more than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement. (2) Timing of contacts with insured depository institutions and affiliates. A communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate is not a CRA communication if the communication occurred— (i) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any written communication; (ii) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any oral communication in which the NGEP discusses providing (or refraining from providing) comments or testimony to a Federal banking agency or written comments that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file in connection with a request to, or agreement by, the institution or affiliate to take (or refrain from taking) any action that is in fulfillment of the CRA; or (iii) More than 1 year before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any other oral communication not described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this section. (3) Knowledge of communication by insured depository institution or affiliate.—(i) A communication is only a CRA communication under paragraph (a) of this section if the insured depository institution or its affiliate has knowledge of the communication under this paragraph (b)(3)(ii) or (b)(3)(iii) of this section. (ii) Communication with insured depository institution or affiliate. An E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations insured depository institution or affiliate has knowledge of a communication by the NGEP to the institution or its affiliate under this paragraph only if one of the following representatives of the insured depository institution or any affiliate has knowledge of the communication— (A) An employee who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the NGEP; or (B) An employee designated with responsibility for compliance with the CRA or executive officer if the employee or executive officer knows that the institution or affiliate is negotiating, intends to negotiate, or has been informed by the NGEP that it expects to request that the institution or affiliate negotiate an agreement with the NGEP. (iii) Other communications. An insured depository institution or affiliate is deemed to have knowledge of— (A) Any testimony provided to a Federal banking agency at a public meeting or hearing; (B) Any comment submitted to a Federal banking agency that is conveyed in writing by the agency to the insured depository institution or affiliate; and (C) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that must be and is included in the institution’s CRA public file. (4) Communication where NGEP has knowledge. A NGEP has a CRA communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate only if any of the following individuals has knowledge of the communication— (i) A director, employee, or member of the NGEP who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; (ii) A person who functions as an executive officer of the NGEP and who knows that the NGEP is negotiating or intends to negotiate an agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; or (iii) Where the NGEP is an individual, the NGEP. (c) Examples of CRA communications—(1) Examples of actions that are CRA communications. The following are examples of CRA communications. These examples are not exclusive and assume that the communication occurs within the relevant time period as described in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section and the appropriate representatives have knowledge of the communication as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 (i) Example 1. A NGEP files a written comment with a Federal banking agency that states than an insured depository institution successfully addresses the credit needs of its community. The written comment is in response to a general request from the agency for comments on an application of the insured depository institution to open a new branch and a copy of the comment is provided to the institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution must improve its CRA performance. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more mortgage loans in low- and moderateincome neighborhoods in its community. (iv) Example 4. A bank holding company files an application with a Federal banking agency to acquire an insured depository institution. Two weeks later, the NGEP meets with an executive officer of the bank holding company to discuss the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the target insured depository institution. The insured depository institution was an affiliate of the bank holding company at the time the NGEP met with the target institution. (See § 346.11(a).) Accordingly, the NGEP had a CRA communication with an affiliate of the bank holding company. (2) Examples of actions that are not CRA communications. The following are examples of actions that are not by themselves CRA communications. These examples are not exclusive. (i) Example 1. A NGEP provides to a Federal banking agency comments or testimony concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate in response to a direct request by the agency for comments or testimony from that NGEP. Direct requests for comments or testimony do not include a general invitation by a Federal banking agency for comments or testimony from the public in connection with a CRA performance evaluation of, or application for a deposit facility (as defined in section 803 of the CRA (12 U.S.C. 2902(3)) by, an insured depository institution or an application by a company to acquire an insured depository institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP makes a statement concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate at a widely attended conference or seminar regarding a general topic. A public or private meeting, public hearing, or other meeting regarding one or more specific Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00051 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2101 institutions, affiliates or transactions involving an application for a deposit facility is not considered a widely attended conference or seminar. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP, such as a civil rights group, community group providing housing and other services in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, veterans organization, community theater group, or youth organization, sends a fundraising letter to insured depository institutions and to other businesses in its community. The letter encourages all businesses in the community to meet their obligation to assist in making the local community a better place to live and work by supporting the fundraising efforts of the NGEP. (iv) Example 4. A NGEP discusses with an insured depository institution or affiliate whether particular loans, services, investments, community development activities, or other activities are generally eligible for consideration by a Federal banking agency under the CRA. The NGEP and insured depository institution or affiliate do not discuss the adequacy of the CRA performance of the insured depository institution or affiliate. (v) Example 5. A NGEP engaged in the sale or purchase of loans in the secondary market sends a general offering circular to financial institutions offering to sell or purchase a portfolio of loans. An insured depository institution that receives the offering circular discusses with the NGEP the types of loans included in the loan pool, whether such loans are generally eligible for consideration under the CRA, and which loans are made to borrowers in the institution’s local community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not discuss the adequacy of the institution’s CRA performance. (d) Multiparty covered agreements.— (1) A NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple NGEPs is not required to comply with the requirements of this part if— (i) The NGEP has not had a CRA communication; and (ii) No representative of the NGEP identified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that another NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication. (2) An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple insured depository institutions or affiliates is not required to comply with the disclosure and annual reporting requirements in §§ 346.6 and 346.7 if— E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2102 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (i) No NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning the insured depository institution or any affiliate; and (ii) No representative of the insured depository institution or any affiliate identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that an NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning any other insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement. § 346.4 Fulfillment of the CRA. (a) List of factors that are in fulfillment of the CRA. Fulfillment of the CRA, for purposes of this part, means the following list of factors— (1) Comments to a Federal banking agency or included in CRA public file. Providing or refraining from providing written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the performance under the CRA of an insured depository institution or CRA affiliate that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement or written comments that are required to be included in the CRA public file of any such insured depository institution; or (2) Activities given favorable CRA consideration. Performing any of the following activities if the activity is of the type that is likely to receive favorable consideration by a Federal banking agency in evaluating the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement— (i) Home-purchase, homeimprovement, small business, small farm, community development, and consumer lending, as described in 12 CFR 345.22, including loan purchases, loan commitments, and letters of credit; (ii) Making investments, deposits, or grants, or acquiring membership shares, that have as their primary purpose community development, as described in 12 CFR 345.23; (iii) Delivering retail banking services, as described in 12 CFR 345.24(d); (iv) Providing community development services, as described in 12 CFR 345.24(e); (v) In the case of a wholesale or limited-purpose insured depository institution, community development lending, including originating and purchasing loans and making loan commitments and letters of credit, making qualified investments, or providing community development services, as described in 12 CFR 345.25(c); VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 (vi) In the case of a small insured depository institution, any lending or other activity described in 12 CFR 345.26(a); or (vii) In the case of an insured depository institution that is evaluated on the basis of a strategic plan, any element of the strategic plan, as described in 12 CFR 345.27(f). (b) Agreements relating to activities of CRA affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that concerns any activity described in paragraph (a) of this section of a CRA affiliate must, prior to the time the agreement is entered into, notify each NGEP that is a party to the agreement that the agreement concerns a CRA affiliate. § 346.5 Related agreements considered a single agreement. The following rules must be applied in determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 346.2. (a) Agreements entered into by same parties. All written agreements to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement if the agreements— (1) Are entered into with the same NGEP; (2) Were entered into within the same 12-month period; and (3) Are each in fulfillment of the CRA. (b) Substantively related contracts. All written contracts to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement, without regard to whether the other parties to the contracts are the same or whether each such contract is in fulfillment of the CRA, if the contracts were negotiated in a coordinated fashion and a NGEP is a party to each contract. § 346.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into after November 12, 1999. (b) Disclosure of covered agreements to the public—(1) Disclosure required. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that enters into a covered agreement must promptly make a copy of the covered agreement available to any individual or entity upon request. (2) Nondisclosure of confidential and proprietary information permitted. In responding to a request for a covered agreement from any individual or entity under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate may withhold from public Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00052 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 disclosure confidential or proprietary information that the party believes the relevant supervisory agency could withhold from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.) (FOIA). (3) Information that must be disclosed. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a party must disclose any of the following information that is contained in a covered agreement— (i) The names and addresses of the parties to the agreement; (ii) The amount of any payments, fees, loans, or other consideration to be made or provided by any party to the agreement; (iii) Any description of how the funds or other resources provided under the agreement are to be used; (iv) The term of the agreement (if the agreement establishes a term); and (v) Any other information that the relevant supervisory agency determines is not properly exempt from public disclosure. (4) Request for review of withheld information. Any individual or entity may request that the relevant supervisory agency review whether any information in a covered agreement withheld by a party must be disclosed. Any requests for agency review of withheld information must be filed, and will be processed in accordance with, the relevant supervisory agency’s rules concerning the availability of information (see the FDIC’s rules regarding Disclosure of Information (12 CFR part 309)). (5) Duration of obligation. The obligation to disclose a covered agreement to the public terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the agreement. (6) Reasonable copy and mailing fees. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate may charge an individual or entity that requests a copy of a covered agreement a reasonable fee not to exceed the cost of copying and mailing the agreement. (7) Use of CRA public file by insured depository institution or affiliate. An insured depository institution and any affiliate of an insured depository institution may fulfill its obligation under this paragraph (b) by placing a copy of the covered agreement in the insured depository institution’s CRA public file if the institution makes the agreement available in accordance with the procedures set forth in 12 CFR 345.43. (c) Disclosure by NGEPs of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency—(1) Each NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement must provide the E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations following within 30 days of receiving a request from the relevant supervisory agency— (i) A complete copy of the agreement; and (ii) In the event the NGEP proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the agreement that excludes such information and an explanation justifying the exclusions. Any public version must include the information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. (2) The obligation of a NGEP to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the covered agreement. (d) Disclosure by insured depository institution or affiliate of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency—(1) In general. Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, each insured depository institution and affiliate must provide each relevant supervisory agency with— (i)(A) A complete copy of each covered agreement entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter; and (B) In the event the institution or affiliate proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the agreement that excludes such information (other than any information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) and an explanation justifying the exclusions; or (ii) A list of all covered agreements entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter that contains— (A) The name and address of each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement; (B) The name and address of each NGEP that is a party to the agreement; (C) The date the agreement was entered into; (D) The estimated total value of all payments, fees, loans and other consideration to be provided by the institution or any affiliate of the institution under the agreement; and (E) The date the agreement terminates. (2) Prompt filing of covered agreements contained in list required.— (i) If an insured depository institution or affiliate files a list of the covered agreements entered into by the institution or affiliate pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the institution or affiliate must provide any relevant supervisory agency a complete VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 copy and public version of any covered agreement referenced in the list within 7 calendar days of receiving a request from the agency for a copy of the agreement. (ii) The obligation of an insured depository institution or affiliate to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency under this paragraph (d)(2) terminates 36 months after the end of the term of the agreement. (3) Joint filings. In the event that 2 or more insured depository institutions or affiliates are parties to a covered agreement, the insured depository institution(s) and affiliate(s) may jointly file the documents required by this paragraph (d). Any joint filing must identify the insured depository institution(s) and affiliate(s) for whom the filings are being made. § 346.7 Annual reports. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into on or after May 12, 2000. (b) Annual report required. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement must file an annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning the disbursement, receipt, and uses of funds or other resources under the covered agreement. (c) Duration of reporting requirement—(1) NGEPs. A NGEP must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any fiscal year in which the NGEP receives or uses funds or other resources under the agreement. (2) Insured depository institutions and affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any fiscal year in which the institution or affiliate— (i) provides or receives any payments, fees, or loans under the covered agreement that must be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section; or (ii) has data to report on loans, investments, and services provided by a party to the covered agreement under the covered agreement under paragraph (e)(1)(vi) of this section. (d) Annual reports filed by NGEP—(1) Contents of report. The annual report filed by a NGEP under this section must include the following— (i) The name and mailing address of the NGEP filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00053 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2103 was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The amount of funds or resources received under the covered agreement during the fiscal year; and (iv) A detailed, itemized list of how any funds or resources received by the NGEP under the covered agreement were used during the fiscal year, including the total amount used for— (A) Compensation of officers, directors, and employees; (B) Administrative expenses; (C) Travel expenses; (D) Entertainment expenses; (E) Payment of consulting and professional fees; and (F) Other expenses and uses (specify expense or use). (2) More detailed reporting of uses of funds or resources permitted—(i) In general. If a NGEP allocated and used funds received under a covered agreement for a specific purpose, the NGEP may fulfill the requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section with respect to such funds by providing— (A) A brief description of each specific purpose for which the funds or other resources were used; and (B) The amount of funds or resources used during the fiscal year for each specific purpose. (ii) Specific purpose defined. A NGEP allocates and uses funds for a specific purpose if the NGEP receives and uses the funds for a purpose that is more specific and limited than the categories listed in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. (3) Use of other reports. The annual report filed by a NGEP may consist of or incorporate a report prepared for any other purpose, such as the Internal Revenue Service Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax on Form 990, or any other Internal Revenue Service form, state tax form, report to members or shareholders, audited or unaudited financial statements, audit report, or other report, so long as the annual report filed by the NGEP contains all of the information required by this paragraph (d). (4) Consolidated reports permitted. A NGEP that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file with each relevant supervisory agency a single consolidated annual report covering all the covered agreements. Any consolidated report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (d). The information reported under paragraphs (d)(1)(iv) and (d)(2) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (5) Examples of annual report requirements for NGEPs.—(i) Example 1. A NGEP receives an unrestricted E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2104 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations grant of $15,000 under a covered agreement, includes the funds in its general operating budget, and uses the funds during its fiscal year. The NGEP’s annual report for the fiscal year must provide the name and mailing address of the NGEP, information sufficient to identify the covered agreement, and state that the NGEP received $15,000 during the fiscal year. The report must also indicate the total expenditures made by the NGEP during the fiscal year for compensation, administrative expenses, travel expenses, entertainment expenses, consulting and professional fees, and other expenses and uses. The NGEP’s annual report may provide this information by submitting an Internal Revenue Service Form 990 that includes the required information. If the Internal Revenue Service Form does not include information for all of the required categories listed in this part, the NGEP must report the total expenditures in the remaining categories either by providing that information directly or by providing another form or report that includes the required information. (ii) Example 2. An organization receives $15,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement and allocates and uses the $15,000 during the fiscal year to purchase computer equipment to support its functions. The organization’s annual report must include the name and address of the organization, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the organization received $15,000 during the year. In addition, since the organization allocated and used the funds for a specific purpose that is more narrow and limited than the categories of expenses included in the detailed, itemized list of expenses, the organization would have the option of providing either the total amount it used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, or a statement that it used the $15,000 to purchase computer equipment and a brief description of the equipment purchased. (iii) Example 3. A community group receives $50,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement. During its fiscal year, the community group specifically allocates and uses $5,000 of the funds to pay for a particular business trip and uses the remaining $45,000 for general operating expenses. The group’s annual report for the fiscal year must include the name and address of the group, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the group received $50,000. Because the group did not VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 allocate and use all of the funds for a specific purpose, the group’s annual report must provide the total amount of funds it used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. The group’s annual report also could state that it used $5,000 for a particular business trip and include a brief description of the trip. (iv) Example 4. A community development organization is a party to two separate covered agreements with two unaffiliated insured depository institutions. Under each agreement, the organization receives $15,000 during its fiscal year and uses the funds to support its activities during that year. If the organization elects to file a consolidated annual report, the consolidated report must identify the organization and the two covered agreements, state that the organization received $15,000 during the fiscal year under each agreement, and provide the total amount that the organization used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. (e) Annual report filed by insured depository institution or affiliate.—(1) General. The annual report filed by an insured depository institution or affiliate must include the following— (i) The name and principal place of business of the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans provided by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement to any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (iv) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans received by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement from any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (v) A general description of the terms and conditions of any payments, fees, or loans reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (iv) of this section, or, in the event such terms and conditions are set forth— (A) In the covered agreement, a statement identifying the covered agreement and the date the agreement (or a list identifying the agreement) was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; or Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00054 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 (B) In a previous annual report filed by the insured depository institution or affiliate, a statement identifying the date the report was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; and (vi) The aggregate amount and number of loans, aggregate amount and number of investments, and aggregate amount of services provided under the covered agreement to any individual or entity not a party to the agreement— (A) By the insured depository institution or affiliate during its fiscal year; and (B) By any other party to the agreement, unless such information is not known to the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report or such information is or will be contained in the annual report filed by another party under this section. (2) Consolidated reports permitted— (i) Party to multiple agreements. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file a single consolidated annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning all the covered agreements. (ii) Affiliated entities party to the same agreement. An insured depository institution and its affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement may file a single consolidated annual report relating to the agreement with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement. (iii) Content of report. Any consolidated annual report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (e). The amounts and data required to be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iv) and (vi) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (f) Time and place of filing—(1) General. Each party must file its annual report with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement no later than six months following the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. (2) Alternative method of fulfilling annual reporting requirement for a NGEP.—(i) A NGEP may fulfill the filing requirements of this section by providing the following materials to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement no later than six months following the end of the NGEP’s fiscal year— (A) A copy of the NGEP’s annual report required under paragraph (d) of this section for the fiscal year; and (B) Written instructions that the insured depository institution or affiliate promptly forward the annual report to the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (ii) An insured depository institution or affiliate that receives an annual report from a NGEP pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section must file the report with the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP within 30 days. § 346.8 Release of information under FOIA. The FDIC will make covered agreements and annual reports available to the public in accordance with the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.) and the FDIC’s rules regarding Disclosure of Information (12 CFR part 309). A party to a covered agreement may request confidential treatment of proprietary and confidential information in a covered agreement or an annual report under those procedures. § 346.9 Compliance provisions. (a) Willful failure to comply with disclosure and reporting obligations.— (1) If the FDIC determines that a NGEP has willfully failed to comply in a material way with §§ 346.4 or 346.5, the FDIC will notify the NGEP in writing of that determination and provide the NGEP a period of 90 days (or such longer period as the FDIC finds to be reasonable under the circumstances) to comply. (2) If the NGEP does not comply within the time period established by the FDIC, the agreement shall thereafter be unenforceable by that NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). (3) The FDIC may assist any insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that is unenforceable by a NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y) in identifying a successor to assume the NGEP’s responsibilities under the agreement. (b) Diversion of funds. If a court or other body of competent jurisdiction determines that funds or resources received under a covered agreement have been diverted contrary to the purposes of the covered agreement for an individual’s personal financial gain, the FDIC may take either or both of the following actions— (1) Order the individual to disgorge the diverted funds or resources received under the agreement; (2) Prohibit the individual from being a party to any covered agreement for a period not to exceed 10 years. (c) Notice and opportunity to respond. Before making a determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or taking any action under paragraph (b) of this VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 section, the FDIC will provide written notice and an opportunity to present information to the FDIC concerning any relevant facts or circumstances relating to the matter. (d) Inadvertent or de minimis errors. Inadvertent or de minimis errors in annual reports or other documents filed with the FDIC under §§ 346.6 or 346.7 will not subject the reporting party to any penalty. (e) Enforcement of provisions in covered agreements. No provision of this part shall be construed as authorizing the FDIC to enforce the provisions of any covered agreement. § 346.10 Transition provisions. (a) Disclosure of covered agreements entered into before the effective date of this part. The following disclosure requirements apply to covered agreements that were entered into after November 12, 1999, and that terminated before April 1, 2001. (1) Disclosure to the public. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the public under § 346.6 until at least April 1, 2002. (2) Disclosure to the relevant supervisory agency.—(i) Each NGEP that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency under § 346.6 until at least April 1, 2002. (ii) Each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must, by June 30, 2001, provide each relevant supervisory agency either— (A) A copy of the agreement under § 346.6(d)(1)(i); or (B) The information described in § 346.6(d)(1)(ii) for each agreement. (b) Filing of annual reports that relate to fiscal years ending on or before December 31, 2000. In the event that a NGEP, insured depository institution or affiliate has any information to report under § 346.7 for a fiscal year that ends on or before December 31, 2000, and that concerns a covered agreement entered into between May 12, 2000, and December 31, 2000, the annual report for that fiscal year must be provided no later than June 30, 2001, to— (1) Each relevant supervisory agency; or (2) In the case of a NGEP, to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement in accordance with § 346.7(f)(2). § 346.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. Jkt 194001 (a) Affiliate. ‘‘Affiliate’’ means— PO 00000 Frm 00055 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2105 (1) Any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company; and (2) For the purpose of determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 346.2, an ‘‘affiliate’’ includes any company that would be under common control or merged with another company on consummation of any transaction pending before a Federal banking agency at the time— (i) The parties enter into the agreement; and (ii) The NGEP that is a party to the agreement makes a CRA communication, as described in § 346.3. (b) Control. ‘‘Control’’ is defined in section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)). (c) CRA affiliate. A ‘‘CRA affiliate’’ of an insured depository institution is any company that is an affiliate of an insured depository institution to the extent, and only to the extent, that the activities of the affiliate were considered by the appropriate Federal banking agency when evaluating the CRA performance of the institution at its most recent CRA examination prior to the agreement. An insured depository institution or affiliate also may designate any company as a CRA affiliate at any time prior to the time a covered agreement is entered into by informing the NGEP that is a party to the agreement of such designation. (d) CRA public file. ‘‘CRA public file’’ means the public file maintained by an insured depository institution and described in 12 CFR 345.43. (e) Executive officer. The term ‘‘executive officer’’ has the same meaning as in § 215.2(e)(1) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System’s Regulation O (12 CFR 215.2(e)(1)). (f) Federal banking agency; appropriate Federal banking agency. The terms ‘‘Federal banking agency’’ and ‘‘appropriate Federal banking agency’’ have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). (g) Fiscal year. (1) The fiscal year for a NGEP that does not have a fiscal year shall be the calendar year. (2) Any NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate that has a fiscal year may elect to have the calendar year be its fiscal year for purposes of this part. (h) Insured depository institution. ‘‘Insured depository institution’’ has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). (i) NGEP. ‘‘NGEP’’ means a nongovernmental entity or person. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2106 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (j) Nongovernmental entity or person—(1) General. A ‘‘nongovernmental entity or person’’ is any partnership, association, trust, joint venture, joint stock company, corporation, limited liability corporation, company, firm, society, other organization, or individual. (2) Exclusions. A nongovernmental entity or person does not include— (i) The United States government, a state government, a unit of local government (including a county, city, town, township, parish, village, or other general-purpose subdivision of a state) or an Indian tribe or tribal organization established under Federal, state or Indian tribal law (including the Department of Hawaiian Home Lands), or a department, agency, or instrumentality of any such entity; (ii) A federally-chartered public corporation that receives Federal funds appropriated specifically for that corporation; (iii) An insured depository institution or affiliate of an insured depository institution; or (iv) An officer, director, employee, or representative (acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director, employee, or representative) of an entity listed in paragraphs (h)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section. (k) Party. The term ‘‘party’’. The authority citation for part 405 continues to read as follows: with respect to a covered agreement means each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that entered into the agreement. (l) Relevant supervisory agency. The ‘‘relevant supervisory agency’’ for a covered agreement means the appropriate Federal banking agency for— (1) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement; (2) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) or CRA affiliate that makes payments or loans or provides services that are subject to the covered agreement; and (3) Any company (other than an insured depository institution or subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement. (m) Term of agreement. An agreement that does not have a fixed termination date is considered to terminate on the last date on which any party to the agreement makes any payment or provides any loan or other resources under the agreement, unless the relevant supervisory agency for the agreement otherwise notifies each party in writing. By order of the Board of Directors, Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation. VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 Dated at Washington, DC, this 21st day of December, 2000. Robert E. Feldman, Executive Secretary. Department of Treasury Office of Thrift Supervision 12 CFR Chapter V Authority and Issuance For the reasons set out in the joint preamble, Title 12, Chapter V, of the Code of Federal Regulations is amended by adding a new part 533 to read as follows: § 533.2 PART 533—DISCLOSURE AND REPORTING OF CRA-RELATED AGREEMENTS Sec. 533.1 Purpose and scope of this part. 533.2 Definition of covered agreement. 533.3 CRA communications. 533.4 Fulfillment of the CRA. 533.5 Related agreements considered a single agreement. 533.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. 533.7 Annual reports. 533.8 Release of information under FOIA. 533.9 Compliance provisions. 533.10 Transition provisions. 533.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. Authority: 12 U.S.C. 1462a, 1463, 1464, 1467a, and 1831y. § 533.1 Purpose and scope of this part. (a) General. This part implements section 711 of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). That section requires any nongovernmental entity or person (NGEP), insured depository institution, or affiliate of an insured depository institution that enters into a covered agreement to— (1) Make the covered agreement available to the public and the appropriate Federal banking agency; and (2) File an annual report with the appropriate Federal banking agency concerning the covered agreement. (b) Scope of this part. The provisions of this part apply to— (1) Savings associations and their subsidiaries; (2) Savings and loan holding companies; (3) Affiliates of savings associations and savings and loan holding companies, other than bank holding companies, banks, and subsidiaries of bank holding companies and banks; and (4) NGEPs that enter into covered agreements with any company listed in paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(3) of this section. (c) Relation to Community Reinvestment Act. This part does not Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00056 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 affect in any way the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (CRA) (12 U.S.C. 2901 et seq.), OTS’s Community Reinvestment rule (12 CFR Part 563e), or OTS’s interpretations or administration of the CRA or Community Reinvestment rule. (d) Examples. (1) The examples in this part are not exclusive. Compliance with an example, to the extent applicable, constitutes compliance with this part. (2) Examples in a paragraph illustrate only the issue described in the paragraph and do not illustrate any other issues that may arise in this part. Definition of covered agreement. (a) General definition of covered agreement. A covered agreement is any contract, arrangement, or understanding that meets all of the following criteria— (1) The agreement is in writing. (2) The parties to the agreement include— (i) One or more insured depository institutions or affiliates of an insured depository institution; and (ii) One or more NGEPs. (3) The agreement provides for the insured depository institution or any affiliate to— (i) Provide to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the agreement) cash payments, grants, or other consideration (except loans) that have an aggregate value of more than $10,000 in any calendar year; or (ii) Make to one or more individuals or entities (whether or not parties to the agreement) loans that have an aggregate principal amount of more than $50,000 in any calendar year. (4) The agreement is made pursuant to, or in connection with, the fulfillment of the CRA, as defined in § 533.4 of this part. (5) The agreement is with a NGEP that has had a CRA communication as described in § 533.3 of this part prior to entering into the agreement. (b) Examples concerning written arrangements or understandings. (1) Example 1. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more community development investments in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not reach an agreement concerning the community development investments the institution should make in the community, and the parties do not reach any mutual arrangement or understanding. Two weeks later, the institution unilaterally issues a press release announcing that it has established a general goal of making $100 million of community development grants in low- and E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations moderate-income neighborhoods served by the insured depository institution over the next 5 years. The NGEP is not identified in the press release. The press release is not a written arrangement or understanding. (2) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to offer new loan programs in the NGEP’s community. The NGEP and the insured depository institution reach a mutual arrangement or understanding that the institution will provide additional loans in the NGEP’s community. The institution tells the NGEP that it will issue a press release announcing the program. Later, the insured depository institution issues a press release announcing the loan program. The press release incorporates the key terms of the understanding reached between the NGEP and the insured depository institution. The written press release reflects the mutual arrangement or understanding of the NGEP and the insured depository institution and is, therefore, a written arrangement or understanding. (3) Example 3. An NGEP sends a letter to an insured depository institution requesting that the institution provide a $15,000 grant to the NGEP. The insured depository institution responds in writing and agrees to provide the grant in connection with its annual grant program. The exchange of letters constitutes a written arrangement or understanding. (c) Loan agreements that are not covered agreements. A covered agreement does not include— (1) Any individual loan that is secured by real estate; or (2) Any specific contract or commitment for a loan or extension of credit to an individual, business, farm, or other entity, or group of such individuals or entities, if— (i) The funds are loaned at rates that are not substantially below market rates; and (ii) The loan application or other loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to use the borrowed funds to make a loan or extension of credit to one or more third parties. (d) Examples concerning loan agreements. (1) Example 1. An insured depository institution provides an organization with a $1 million loan that is documented in writing and is secured by real estate owned or to-be-acquired by the organization. The agreement is an individual mortgage loan and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(1) of this section, regardless of the interest rate on the loan or whether the VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 organization intends or is authorized to re-loan the funds to a third party. (2) Example 2. An insured depository institution commits to provide a $500,000 line of credit to a small business that is documented by a written agreement. The loan is made at rates that are within the range of rates offered by the institution to similarly situated small businesses in the market and the loan documentation does not indicate that the small business intends or is authorized to re-lend the borrowed funds. The agreement is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (3) Example 3. An insured depository institution offers small business loans that are guaranteed by the Small Business Administration (SBA). A small business obtains a $75,000 loan, documented in writing, from the institution under the institution’s SBA loan program. The loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intends or is authorized to re-lend the funds. Although the rate charged on the loan is well below that charged by the institution on commercial loans, the rate is within the range of rates that the institution would charge a similarly situated small business for a similar loan under the SBA loan program. Accordingly, the loan is not made at substantially below market rates and is exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. (4) Example 4. A bank holding company enters into a written agreement with a community development organization that provides that insured depository institutions owned by the bank holding company will make $250 million in small business loans in the community over the next 5 years. The written agreement is not a specific contract or commitment for a loan or an extension of credit and, thus, is not exempt from coverage under paragraph (c)(2) of this section. Each small business loan made by the insured depository institution pursuant to this general commitment would, however, be exempt from coverage if the loan is made at rates that are not substantially below market rates and the loan documentation does not indicate that the borrower intended or was authorized to re-lend the funds. (e) Agreements that include exempt loan agreements. If an agreement includes a loan, extension of credit or loan commitment that, if documented separately, would be exempt under paragraph (c) of this section, the exempt loan, extension of credit or loan commitment may be excluded for purposes of determining whether the agreement is a covered agreement. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00057 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2107 (f) Determining annual value of agreements that lack schedule of disbursements. For purposes of paragraph (a)(3) of this section, a multiyear agreement that does not include a schedule for the disbursement of payments, grants, loans or other consideration by the insured depository institution or affiliate, is considered to have a value in the first year of the agreement equal to all payments, grants, loans and other consideration to be provided at any time under the agreement. § 533.3 CRA communications. (a) Definition of CRA communication. A CRA communication is any of the following— (1) Any written or oral comment or testimony provided to a Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (2) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that discusses the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the institution and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file. (3) Any discussion or other contact with the insured depository institution or any affiliate about— (i) Providing (or refraining from providing) written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate; (ii) Providing (or refraining from providing) written comments to the insured depository institution that concern the adequacy of the institution’s performance under the CRA and must be included in the institution’s CRA public file; or (iii) The adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the insured depository institution, any affiliated insured depository institution, or any CRA affiliate. (b) Discussions or contacts that are not CRA communications. (1) Timing of contacts with a Federal banking agency. An oral or written communication with a Federal banking agency is not a CRA communication if it occurred more than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement. (2) Timing of contacts with insured depository institutions and affiliates. A communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate is not a CRA communication if the communication occurred— E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2108 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (i) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any written communication; (ii) More than 3 years before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any oral communication in which the NGEP discusses providing (or refraining from providing) comments or testimony to a Federal banking agency or written comments that must be included in the institution’s CRA public file in connection with a request to, or agreement by, the institution or affiliate to take (or refrain from taking) any action that is in fulfillment of the CRA; or (iii) More than 1 year before the parties entered into the agreement, in the case of any other oral communication not described in paragraph (b)(2)(ii). (3) Knowledge of communication by insured depository institution or affiliate. (i) A communication is only a CRA communication under paragraph (a) of this section if the insured depository institution or its affiliate has knowledge of the communication under paragraph (b)(3)(ii) or (b)(3)(iii) of this section. (ii) Communication with insured depository institution or affiliate. An insured depository institution or affiliate has knowledge of a communication by the NGEP to the institution or its affiliate under this paragraph only if one of the following representatives of the insured depository institution or any affiliate has knowledge of the communication— (A) An employee who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the NGEP; or (B) An employee designated with responsibility for compliance with the CRA or executive officer if the employee or executive officer knows that the institution or affiliate is negotiating, intends to negotiate, or has been informed by the NGEP that it expects to request that the institution or affiliate negotiate an agreement with the NGEP. (iii) Other communications. An insured depository institution or affiliate is deemed to have knowledge of— (A) Any testimony provided to a Federal banking agency at a public meeting or hearing; (B) Any comment submitted to a Federal banking agency that is conveyed in writing by the agency to the insured depository institution or affiliate; and (C) Any written comment submitted to the insured depository institution that must be and is included in the institution’s CRA public file. (4) Communication where NGEP has knowledge. A NGEP has a CRA VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 communication with an insured depository institution or affiliate only if any of the following individuals has knowledge of the communication— (i) A director, employee, or member of the NGEP who approves, directs, authorizes, or negotiates the agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; (ii) A person who functions as an executive officer of the NGEP and who knows that the NGEP is negotiating or intends to negotiate an agreement with the insured depository institution or affiliate; or (iii) Where the NGEP is an individual, the NGEP. (c) Examples of CRA communications—(1) Examples of actions that are CRA communications. The following are examples of CRA communications. These examples are not exclusive and assume that the communication occurs within the relevant time period as described in paragraph (b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section and the appropriate representatives have knowledge of the communication as specified in paragraphs (b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section. (i) Example 1. A NGEP files a written comment with a Federal banking agency that states than an insured depository institution successfully addresses the credit needs of its community. The written comment is in response to a general request from the agency for comments on an application of the insured depository institution to open a new branch and a copy of the comment is provided to the institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution must improve its CRA performance. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP meets with an executive officer of an insured depository institution and states that the institution needs to make more mortgage loans in low- and moderateincome neighborhoods in its community. (iv) Example 4. A bank holding company files an application with a Federal banking agency to acquire an insured depository institution. Two weeks later, the NGEP meets with an executive officer of the bank holding company to discuss the adequacy of the performance under the CRA of the target insured depository institution. The insured depository institution was an affiliate of the bank holding company at the time the NGEP met with the target institution. (See § 533.11(a) of this part.) Accordingly, the NGEP had a CRA communication with an affiliate of the bank holding company. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00058 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 (2) Examples of actions that are not CRA communications. The following are examples of actions that are not by themselves CRA communications. These examples are not exclusive. (i) Example 1. A NGEP provides to a Federal banking agency comments or testimony concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate in response to a direct request by the agency for comments or testimony from that NGEP. Direct requests for comments or testimony do not include a general invitation by a Federal banking agency for comments or testimony from the public in connection with a CRA performance evaluation of, or application for a deposit facility (as defined in section 803 of the CRA (12 U.S.C. 2902(3)) by, an insured depository institution or an application by a company to acquire an insured depository institution. (ii) Example 2. A NGEP makes a statement concerning an insured depository institution or affiliate at a widely attended conference or seminar regarding a general topic. A public or private meeting, public hearing, or other meeting regarding one or more specific institutions, affiliates or transactions involving an application for a deposit facility is not considered a widely attended conference or seminar. (iii) Example 3. A NGEP, such as a civil rights group, community group providing housing and other services in low- and moderate-income neighborhoods, veterans organization, community theater group, or youth organization, sends a fundraising letter to insured depository institutions and to other businesses in its community. The letter encourages all businesses in the community to meet their obligation to assist in making the local community a better place to live and work by supporting the fundraising efforts of the NGEP. (iv) Example 4. A NGEP discusses with an insured depository institution or affiliate whether particular loans, services, investments, community development activities, or other activities are generally eligible for consideration by a Federal banking agency under the CRA. The NGEP and insured depository institution or affiliate do not discuss the adequacy of the CRA performance of the insured depository institution or affiliate. (v) Example 5. A NGEP engaged in the sale or purchase of loans in the secondary market sends a general offering circular to financial institutions offering to sell or purchase a portfolio of loans. An insured depository institution that receives the offering circular discusses with the NGEP the types of E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations loans included in the loan pool, whether such loans are generally eligible for consideration under the CRA, and which loans are made to borrowers in the institution’s local community. The NGEP and insured depository institution do not discuss the adequacy of the institution’s CRA performance. (d) Multiparty covered agreements. (1) A NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple NGEPs is not required to comply with the requirements of this part if— (i) The NGEP has not had a CRA communication; and (ii) No representative of the NGEP identified in paragraph (b)(4) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that another NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication. (2) An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that involves multiple insured depository institutions or affiliates is not required to comply with the requirements in §§ 533.6 and 533.7 if— (i) No NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning the insured depository institution or any affiliate; and (ii) No representative of the insured depository institution or any affiliate identified in paragraph (b)(3) of this section has knowledge at the time of the agreement that an NGEP that is a party to the agreement has had a CRA communication concerning any other insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement. § 533.4 Fulfillment of the CRA (a) List of factors that are in fulfillment of the CRA. Fulfillment of the CRA, for purposes of this part, means the following list of factors— (1) Comments to a Federal banking agency or included in CRA public file. Providing or refraining from providing written or oral comments or testimony to any Federal banking agency concerning the performance under the CRA of an insured depository institution or CRA affiliate that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement or written comments that are required to be included in the CRA public file of any such insured depository institution; or (2) Activities given favorable CRA consideration. Performing any of the following activities if the activity is of the type that is likely to receive favorable consideration by a Federal banking agency in evaluating the performance under the CRA of the VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 insured depository institution that is a party to the agreement or an affiliate of a party to the agreement— (i) Home-purchase, homeimprovement, small business, small farm, community development, and consumer lending, as described in § 563e.22 of this chapter, including loan purchases, loan commitments, and letters of credit; (ii) Making investments, deposits, or grants, or acquiring membership shares, that have as their primary purpose community development, as described in § 563e.23 of this chapter; (iii) Delivering retail banking services, as described in § 563.24(d) of this chapter; (iv) Providing community development services, as described in § 563e.24(e) of this chapter; (v) In the case of a wholesale or limited-purpose insured depository institution, community development lending, including originating and purchasing loans and making loan commitments and letters of credit, making qualified investments, or providing community development services, as described in § 563e.25(c) of this chapter; (vi) In the case of a small insured depository institution, any lending or other activity described in § 563e.26(a) of this chapter; or (vii) In the case of an insured depository institution that is evaluated on the basis of a strategic plan, any element of the strategic plan, as described in § 563e.27(f) of this chapter. (b) Agreements relating to activities of CRA affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that concerns any activity described in paragraph (a) of this section of a CRA affiliate must, prior to the time the agreement is entered into, notify each NGEP that is a party to the agreement that the agreement concerns a CRA affiliate. § 533.5 Related agreements considered a single agreement. The following rules must be applied in determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 533.2 of this part. (a) Agreements entered into by same parties. All written agreements to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement if the agreements— (1) Are entered into with the same NGEP; (2) Were entered into within the same 12-month period; and (3) Are each in fulfillment of the CRA. Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00059 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2109 (b) Substantively related contracts. All written contracts to which an insured depository institution or an affiliate of the insured depository institution is a party shall be considered to be a single agreement, without regard to whether the other parties to the contracts are the same or whether each such contract is in fulfillment of the CRA, if the contracts were negotiated in a coordinated fashion and a NGEP is a party to each contract. § 533.6 Disclosure of covered agreements. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into after November 12, 1999. (b) Disclosure of covered agreements to the public. (1) Disclosure required. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that enters into a covered agreement must make a copy of the covered agreement available to any individual or entity upon request. (2) Nondisclosure of confidential and proprietary information permitted. In responding to a request for a covered agreement from any individual or entity under paragraph (b)(1) of this section, a NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate may withhold from public disclosure confidential or proprietary information that the party believes the relevant supervisory agency could withhold from disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.) (FOIA). (3) Information that must be disclosed. Notwithstanding paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a party must disclose any of the following information that is contained in a covered agreement— (i) The names and addresses of the parties to the agreement; (ii) The amount of any payments, fees, loans, or other consideration to be made or provided by any party to the agreement; (iii) Any description of how the funds or other resources provided under the agreement are to be used; (iv) The term of the agreement (if the agreement establishes a term); and (v) Any other information that the relevant supervisory agency determines is not properly exempt from public disclosure. (4) Request for review of withheld information. Any individual or entity may request that the relevant supervisory agency review whether any information in a covered agreement withheld by a party must be disclosed. Any requests for agency review of withheld information must be filed, and will be processed in accordance with, the relevant supervisory agency’s rules concerning the availability of E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2110 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations information (see part 505 of this chapter and the Department of Treasury’s rules (31 CFR part 1)). (5) Duration of obligation. The obligation to disclose a covered agreement to the public terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the agreement. (6) Reasonable copy and mailing fees. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate may charge an individual or entity that requests a copy of a covered agreement a reasonable fee not to exceed the cost of copying and mailing the agreement. (7) Use of CRA public file by insured depository institution or affiliate. An insured depository institution and any affiliate of an insured depository institution may fulfill its obligation under this paragraph (b) by placing a copy of the covered agreement in the insured depository institution’s CRA public file if the institution makes the agreement available in accordance with the procedures set forth in § 563e.43 of this chapter. (c) Disclosure by NGEPs of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency. (1) Each NGEP that is a party to a covered agreement must provide the following within 30 days of receiving a request from the relevant supervisory agency— (i) A complete copy of the agreement; and (ii) In the event the NGEP proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the agreement that excludes such information and an explanation justifying the exclusions. Any public version must include the information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section. (2) The obligation to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency terminates 12 months after the end of the term of the covered agreement. (d) Disclosure by insured depository institution or affiliate of covered agreements to the relevant supervisory agency. (1) In general. Within 60 days of the end of each calendar quarter, each insured depository institution and affiliate must provide each relevant supervisory agency with— (i)(A) A complete copy of each covered agreement entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter; and (B) In the event the institution or affiliate proposes the withholding of any information contained in the agreement in accordance with paragraph (b)(2) of this section, a public version of the VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 agreement that excludes such information (other than any information described in paragraph (b)(3) of this section) and an explanation justifying the exclusions; or (ii) A list of all covered agreements entered into by the insured depository institution or affiliate during the calendar quarter that contains— (A) The name and address of each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement; (B) The name and address of each NGEP that is a party to the agreement; (C) The date the agreement was entered into; (D) The estimated total value of all payments, fees, loans and other consideration to be provided by the institution or any affiliate of the institution under the agreement; and (E) The date the agreement terminates. (2) Prompt filing of covered agreements contained in list required. (i) If an insured depository institution or affiliate files a list of the covered agreements entered into by the institution or affiliate pursuant to paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this section, the institution or affiliate must provide any relevant supervisory agency a complete copy and public version of any covered agreement referenced in the list within 7 calendar days of receiving a request from the agency for a copy of the agreement. (ii) The obligation of an insured depository institution or affiliate to provide a covered agreement to the relevant supervisory agency under this paragraph (d)(2) terminates 36 months after the end of the term of the covered agreement. (3) Joint filings. In the event that 2 or more insured depository institutions or affiliates are parties to a covered agreement, the insured depository institution(s) and affiliate(s) may jointly file the documents required by this paragraph (d) of this section. Any joint filing must identify the insured depository institution(s) and affiliate(s) for whom the filings are being made. § 533.7 Annual reports. (a) Applicability date. This section applies only to covered agreements entered into on or after May 12, 2000. (b) Annual report required. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement must file an annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning the disbursement, receipt, and uses of funds or other resources under the covered agreement. (c) Duration of reporting requirement. (1) NGEPs. A NGEP must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00060 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 fiscal year in which the NGEP receives or uses funds or other resources under the agreement. (2) Insured depository institutions and affiliates. An insured depository institution or affiliate must file an annual report for a covered agreement for any fiscal year in which the institution or affiliate— (i) Provides or receives any payments, fees, or loans under the covered agreement that must be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (e)(1)(iv) of this section; or (ii) Has data to report on loans, investments, and services provided by a party to the covered agreement under the covered agreement under paragraph (e)(1)(vi) of this section. (d) Annual reports filed by NGEP. (1) Contents of report. The annual report filed by a NGEP under this section must include the following— (i) The name and mailing address of the NGEP filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The amount of funds or resources received under the covered agreement during the fiscal year; and (iv) A detailed, itemized list of how the funds or resources received by the NGEP under the covered agreement were used during the fiscal year, including the total amount used for— (A) Compensation of officers, directors, and employees; (B) Administrative expenses; (C) Travel expenses; (D) Entertainment expenses; (E) Payment of consulting and professional fees; and (F) Other expenses and uses (specify expense or use). (2) More detailed reporting of uses of funds or resources permitted. (i) In general. If a NGEP allocated and used funds received under a covered agreement for a specific purpose, the NGEP may fulfill the requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section with respect to such funds by providing— (A) A brief description of each specific purpose for which the funds or other resources were used; and (B) The amount of funds or resources used during the fiscal year for each specific purpose. (ii) Specific purpose defined. A NGEP allocates and uses funds for a specific purpose if the NGEP receives and uses the funds for a purpose that is more specific and limited than the categories listed in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (3) Use of other reports. The annual report filed by a NGEP may consist of or incorporate a report prepared for any other purpose, such as the Internal Revenue Service Return of Organization Exempt From Income Tax on Form 990, or any other Internal Revenue Service form, state tax form, report to members or shareholders, audited or unaudited financial statements, audit report, or other report, so long as the annual report filed by the NGEP contains all of the information required by this paragraph (d). (4) Consolidated reports permitted. A NGEP that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file with each relevant supervisory agency a single consolidated annual report covering all the covered agreements. Any consolidated report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (d). The information reported under paragraphs (d)(1)(iv) and (d)(2) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (5) Examples of annual report requirements for NGEPs (i) Example 1. A NGEP receives an unrestricted grant of $15,000 under a covered agreement, includes the funds in its general operating budget and uses the funds during its fiscal year. The NGEP’s annual report for the fiscal year must provide the name and mailing address of the NGEP, information sufficient to identify the covered agreement, and state that the NGEP received $15,000 during the fiscal year. The report must also indicate the total expenditures made by the NGEP during the fiscal year for compensation, administrative expenses, travel expenses, entertainment expenses, consulting and professional fees, and other expenses and uses. The NGEP’s annual report may provide this information by submitting an Internal Revenue Service Form 990 that includes the required information. If the Internal Revenue Service Form does not include information for all of the required categories listed in this part, the NGEP must report the total expenditures in the remaining categories either by providing that information directly or by providing another form or report that includes the required information. (ii) Example 2. An organization receives $15,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement and allocates and uses the $15,000 during the fiscal year to purchase computer equipment to support its functions. The organization’s annual report must include the name and address of the organization, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the organization received $15,000 during the year. In addition, since the organization allocated and used the funds for a specific purpose that is more narrow and limited than the categories of expenses included in the detailed, itemized list of expenses, the organization would have the option of providing either the total amount it used during the year for each category of VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section, or a statement that it used the $15,000 to purchase computer equipment and a brief description of the equipment purchased. (iii) Example 3. A community group receives $50,000 from an insured depository institution under a covered agreement. During its fiscal year, the community group specifically allocates and uses $5,000 of the funds to pay for a particular business trip and uses the remaining $45,000 for general operating expenses. The group’s annual report for the fiscal year must include the name and address of the group, information sufficient to identify the agreement, and a statement that the group received $50,000. Because the group did not allocate and use all of the funds for a specific purpose, the group’s annual report must provide the total amount of funds it used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. The group’s annual report also could state that it used $5,000 for a particular business trip and include a brief description of the trip. (iv) Example 4. A community development organization is a party to two separate covered agreements with two unaffiliated insured depository institutions. Under each agreement, the organization receives $15,000 during its fiscal year and uses the funds to support its activities during that year. If the organization elects to file a consolidated annual report, the consolidated report must identify the organization and the two covered agreements, state that the organization received $15,000 during the fiscal year under each agreement, and provide the total amount that the organization used during the year for each category of expenses included in paragraph (d)(1)(iv) of this section. (e) Annual report filed by insured depository institution or affiliate—(1) General. The annual report filed by an insured depository institution or affiliate must include the following— (i) The name and principal place of business of the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report; (ii) Information sufficient to identify the covered agreement for which the annual report is being filed, such as by providing the names of the parties to the agreement and the date the agreement was entered into or by providing a copy of the agreement; (iii) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans provided by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement to any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (iv) The aggregate amount of payments, aggregate amount of fees, and aggregate amount of loans received by the insured depository institution or affiliate under the covered agreement from any other party to the agreement during the fiscal year; (v) A general description of the terms and conditions of any payments, fees, or Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00061 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2111 loans reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iii) and (e)(1)(iv) of this section, or, in the event such terms and conditions are set forth— (A) In the covered agreement, a statement identifying the covered agreement and the date the agreement (or a list identifying the agreement) was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; or (B) In a previous annual report filed by the insured depository institution or affiliate, a statement identifying the date the report was filed with the relevant supervisory agency; and (vi) The aggregate amount and number of loans, aggregate amount and number of investments, and aggregate amount of services provided under the covered agreement to any individual or entity not a party to the agreement— (A) By the insured depository institution or affiliate during its fiscal year; and (B) By any other party to the agreement, unless such information is not known to the insured depository institution or affiliate filing the report or such information is or will be contained in the annual report filed by another party under this section. (2) Consolidated reports permitted. (i) Party to multiple agreements. An insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to 2 or more covered agreements may file a single consolidated annual report with each relevant supervisory agency concerning all the covered agreements. (ii) Affiliated entities party to the same agreement. An insured depository institution and its affiliates that are parties to the same covered agreement may file a single consolidated annual report relating to the agreement with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement. (iii) Content of report. Any consolidated annual report must contain all the information required by this paragraph (e). The amounts and data required to be reported under paragraphs (e)(1)(iv) and (e)(1)(vi) of this section may be reported on an aggregate basis for all covered agreements. (f) Time and place of filing. (1) General. Each party must file its annual report with each relevant supervisory agency for the covered agreement no later than six months following the end of the fiscal year covered by the report. (2) Alternative method of fulfilling annual reporting requirement for a NGEP. (i) A NGEP may fulfill the filing requirements of this section by providing the following materials to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 2112 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations no later than six months following the end of the NGEP’s fiscal year— (A) A copy of the NGEP’s annual report required under paragraph (d) of this section for the fiscal year; and (B) Written instructions that the insured depository institution or affiliate promptly forward the annual report to the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP. (ii) An insured depository institution or affiliate that receives an annual report from a NGEP pursuant to paragraph (f)(2)(i) of this section must file the report with the relevant supervisory agency or agencies on behalf of the NGEP within 30 days. § 533.8 Release of information under FOIA. OTS will make covered agreements and annual reports available to the public in accordance with the Freedom of Information Act (5 U.S.C. 552 et seq.), OTS’s rules (part 505 of this chapter), and the Department of Treasury’s rules (31 CFR part 1). A party to a covered agreement may request confidential treatment of proprietary and confidential information in a covered agreement or an annual report under those procedures. § 533.9 Compliance provisions. (a) Willful failure to comply with disclosure and reporting obligations. (1) If OTS determines that a NGEP has willfully failed to comply in a material way with §§ 533.6 or 533.7 of this part, OTS will notify the NGEP in writing of that determination and provide the NGEP a period of 90 days (or such longer period as OTS finds to be reasonable under the circumstances) to comply. (2) If the NGEP does not comply within the time period established by OTS, the agreement shall thereafter be unenforceable by that NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y). (3) OTS may assist any insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to a covered agreement that is unenforceable by a NGEP by operation of section 48 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1831y) in identifying a successor to assume the NGEP’s responsibilities under the agreement. (b) Diversion of funds. If a court or other body of competent jurisdiction determines that funds or resources received under a covered agreement have been diverted contrary to the purposes of the covered agreement for an individual’s personal financial gain, VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 OTS may take either or both of the following actions— (1) Order the individual to disgorge the diverted funds or resources received under the agreement; (2) Prohibit the individual from being a party to any covered agreement for a period not to exceed 10 years. (c) Notice and opportunity to respond. Before making a determination under paragraph (a)(1) of this section, or taking any action under paragraph (b) of this section, OTS will provide written notice and an opportunity to present information to OTS concerning any relevant facts or circumstances relating to the matter. (d) Inadvertent or de minimis errors. Inadvertent or de minimis errors in annual reports or other documents filed with OTS under §§ 533.6 or 533.7 of this part will not subject the reporting party to any penalty. (e) Enforcement of provisions in covered agreements. No provision of this part shall be construed as authorizing OTS to enforce the provisions of any covered agreement. § 533.10 Transition provisions. (a) Disclosure of covered agreements entered into before the effective date of this part. The following disclosure requirements apply to covered agreements that were entered into after November 12, 1999, and that terminated before April 1, 2001. (1) Disclosure to the public. Each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the public under § 533.6 of this part until at least April 1, 2002. (2) Disclosure to the relevant supervisory agency. (i) Each NGEP that was a party to the agreement must make the agreement available to the relevant supervisory agency under § 533.6 of this part until at least April 1, 2002. (ii) Each insured depository institution or affiliate that was a party to the agreement must, by June 30, 2001, provide each relevant supervisory agency either— (A) A copy of the agreement under § 533.6(d)(1)(i) of this part; or (B) The information described in § 533.6(d)(1)(ii) of this part for each agreement. (b) Filing of annual reports that relate to fiscal years ending on or before December 31, 2000. In the event that a NGEP, insured depository institution or affiliate has any information to report under § 533.7 of this part for a fiscal that ends on or before December 31, 2000, and that concerns a covered agreement entered into between May 12, 2000, and Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00062 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 December 31, 2000, the annual report for that fiscal year must be provided, no later than June 30, 2001, to— (1) Each relevant supervisory agency; or (2) In the case of a NGEP, to an insured depository institution or affiliate that is a party to the agreement in accordance with § 533.7(f)(2) of this part. § 533.11 Other definitions and rules of construction used in this part. (a) Affiliate. Affiliate means— (1) Any company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another company; and (2) For the purpose of determining whether an agreement is a covered agreement under § 533.2, an affiliate includes any company that would be under common control or merged with another company on consummation of any transaction pending before a Federal banking agency at the time— (i) The parties enter into the agreement; and (ii) The NGEP that is a party to the agreement makes a CRA communication, as described in § 533.3 of this part. (b) Control. Control is defined in section 2(a) of the Bank Holding Company Act (12 U.S.C. 1841(a)). (c) CRA affiliate. A CRA affiliate of an insured depository institution is any company that is an affiliate of an insured depository institution to the extent, and only to the extent, that the activities of the affiliate were considered by the appropriate Federal banking agency when evaluating the CRA performance of the institution at its most recent CRA examination prior to the agreement. An insured depository institution or affiliate also may designate any company as a CRA affiliate at any time prior to the time a covered agreement is entered into by informing the NGEP that is a party to the agreement of such designation. (d) CRA public file. CRA public file means the public file maintained by an insured depository institution and described in § 563.43 of this chapter. (e) Executive officer. The term executive officer has the same meaning as in § 215.2(e)(1) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve’s Regulation O (12 CFR 215.2(e)(1)). In applying this definition under this part, the term savings association shall be used in place of the term bank. (f) Federal banking agency; appropriate Federal banking agency. The terms Federal banking agency and appropriate Federal banking agency have the same meanings as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2 Federal Register / Vol. 66, No. 7 / Wednesday, January 10, 2001 / Rules and Regulations (g) Fiscal year. (1) The fiscal year for a NGEP that does not have a fiscal year shall be the calendar year. (2) Any NGEP, insured depository institution, or affiliate that has a fiscal year may elect to have the calendar year be its fiscal year for purposes of this part. (h) Insured depository institution. Insured depository institution has the same meaning as in section 3 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. 1813). (i) Nongovernmental entity or person or NGEP—(1) General. A nongovernmental entity or person or NGEP is any partnership, association, trust, joint venture, joint stock company, corporation, limited liability corporation, company, firm, society, other organization, or individual. (2) Exclusions. A nongovernmental entity or person does not include— (i) The United States government, a state government, a unit of local government (including a county, city, town, township, parish, village, or other general-purpose subdivision of a state) or an Indian tribe or tribal organization VerDate 11<MAY>2000 18:11 Jan 09, 2001 established under Federal, state or Indian tribal law (including the Department of Hawaiian Home Lands), or a department, agency, or instrumentality of any such entity; (ii) A federally-chartered public corporation that receives Federal funds appropriated specifically for that corporation; (iii) An insured depository institution or affiliate of an insured depository institution; or (iv) An officer, director, employee, or representative (acting in his or her capacity as an officer, director, employee, or representative) of an entity listed in paragraphs (i)(2)(i), (i)(2)(ii), or (i)(2)(iii) of this section. (j) Party. The term party with respect to a covered agreement means each NGEP and each insured depository institution or affiliate that entered into the agreement. (k) Relevant supervisory agency. The relevant supervisory agency for a covered agreement means the appropriate Federal banking agency for— Jkt 194001 PO 00000 Frm 00063 Fmt 4701 Sfmt 4700 2113 (1) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement; (2) Each insured depository institution (or subsidiary thereof) or CRA affiliate that makes payments or loans or provides services that are subject to the covered agreement; and (3) Any company (other than an insured depository institution or subsidiary thereof) that is a party to the covered agreement. (l) Term of agreement. An agreement that does not have a fixed termination date is considered to terminate on the last date on which any party to the agreement makes any payment or provides any loan or other resources under the agreement, unless the relevant supervisory agency for the agreement otherwise notifies each party in writing. Dated: December 20, 2000. By the Office of Thrift Supervision. Ellen Seidman, Director. [FR Doc. 01–3 Filed 1–9–01; 8:45 am] BILLING CODE 4810–33–U; 6210–01–U; 6714–01–U; 6720–01–U E:\FR\FM\10JAR2.SGM pfrm10 PsN: 10JAR2
@FedFRASER